Page 1

OUTDOOR ADVENTURES FOR CURIOUS TRAVELERS

T R AV E L C ATA LO G

2018 - 2019


| A L A S K A S E A K AYA K I N G A DV E N T U R E

On our active expeditions, you’ll venture off the beaten path in spectacular places around the world, following in the footsteps of National Geographic’s explorers and adventurers. Whether you find yourself trekking high above a mountain lake, traversing legendary landscapes on horseback, or kayaking among glaciers, you’ll experience the unforgettable rush that comes with achieving a personal quest. These unique itineraries combine stunning destinations, physical challenges, and cultural interactions to create a rewarding and exhilarating adventure. EUROPE 10 Hiking England Coast to Coast 12 Scotland Hiking Adventure:

13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27

From the Highlands to the Islands Ireland: Hiking the Emerald Isle Tuscany and Cinque Terre Hiking Adventure Provence Hiking Adventure Portugal Hiking Adventure Spain: Walking El Camino de Santiago Tour du Mont Blanc Hiking Italy’s Dolomites Greek Islands Adventure Croatia: Hiking and Kayaking Adventure Slovenia: Hiking the Julian Alps and Beyond Vienna to Prague Hiking Adventure Iceland Hiking Adventure Iceland Winter: Snowshoeing and Hiking Adventure Sweden: Dogsledding to the Icehotel Switzerland: Iconic Hikes of the Swiss Alps

NORTH AMERICA 28 Alaska Sea Kayaking Adventure 29 Hiking the National Parks: Glacier,

SOUTH AMERICA 33 Patagonia Hiking Adventure 34 Peru: Machu Picchu Inn to Inn Trek ASIA AND THE PACIFIC 36 New Zealand: South Island Adventure 37 Vietnam, Laos, and Cambodia Adventure 38 Japan Hiking and Cultural Adventure 39 Nepal: Everest Base Camp Trek 40 Borneo Wildlife Adventure 41 Mongolian Horse Trek AFRICA 42 South Africa Safari Adventure 43 Tanzania: Kilimanjaro Climb and Safari RESOURCES 4 The National Geographic Difference 6 Activity Levels 44 More Ways to Travel With National Geographic 45 Terms and Conditions 46 Active Expeditions Calendar

Yellowstone, and Grand Teton 30 Yucatán Adventure: Whale Sharks and Maya Ruins 31 Belize: Kayaking and Jungle Adventure 32 Costa Rica Multisport Adventure

2

I

CALL 1-888-689-2557 OR VISIT NATGEOEXPEDITIONS.COM/ACTIVE

I

I

CALL 1-888-689-2557 OR VISIT NATGEOEXPEDITIONS.COM/ACTIVE

I

3


Over the past 130 years, we’ve sent our scientists, storytellers, and adventurers across continents and into remote cultures, down to the oceans’ depths and up the highest mountains in an effort to better understand our planet. National Geographic Expeditions grew from this legacy as a way to invite others to explore: to encounter the wonders of the world up close, in depth, right at the source—and to be transformed by the experience.

WHEN YOU TRAVEL WITH US, YOU MAKE A DIFFERENCE

LET OUR EXPERTS GUIDE YOU

CLOSER THAN YOU'VE EVER IMAGINED

When you travel with us, you support the National Geographic Society’s researchers and explorers who work to preserve,

You gain knowledge when you explore with National Geographic—whether

Our relationships with scientists, explorers, scholars, and storytellers allow

protect, and advance our understanding of the planet and its people. Every year, the Society awards more than 575 grants

you’re discussing the legacy of the Inca with a National Geographic grantee

us special access to places and people. Traveling with us, you go behind

to scientists, educators, innovators, and storytellers around the world. They are changing how we understand and interact

in Peru or hiking the Scottish highlands alongside a conservationist and

the scenes to get a close-up view of work that’s helping to illuminate and

with our planet—and helping protect it for future generations. The National Geographic Society receives funds from

historian from the John Muir Trust. Traveling with our dynamic guides—

preserve the world’s cultural and natural treasures, from a community-

National Geographic Partners, LLC, funded in part by your purchase. To learn more, visit www.natgeo.com/info.

among the best in the business—you’ll be surrounded by people who are

based conservation program to protect South Africa’s endangered Cape

steeped in knowledge and insight about the places we go. And they’re

parrot to a celebration of ancient nomadic culture on the Mongolian steppe.

passionate about sharing that knowledge with you.

4

I

CALL 1-888-689-2557 OR VISIT NATGEOEXPEDITIONS.COM/ACTIVE

I

I

CALL 1-888-689-2557 OR VISIT NATGEOEXPEDITIONS.COM/ACTIVE

I

5


Over the past 130 years, we’ve sent our scientists, storytellers, and adventurers across continents and into remote cultures, down to the oceans’ depths and up the highest mountains in an effort to better understand our planet. National Geographic Expeditions grew from this legacy as a way to invite others to explore: to encounter the wonders of the world up close, in depth, right at the source—and to be transformed by the experience.

WHEN YOU TRAVEL WITH US, YOU MAKE A DIFFERENCE

LET OUR EXPERTS GUIDE YOU

CLOSER THAN YOU'VE EVER IMAGINED

When you travel with us, you support the National Geographic Society’s researchers and explorers who work to preserve,

You gain knowledge when you explore with National Geographic—whether

Our relationships with scientists, explorers, scholars, and storytellers allow

protect, and advance our understanding of the planet and its people. Every year, the Society awards more than 575 grants

you’re discussing the legacy of the Inca with a National Geographic grantee

us special access to places and people. Traveling with us, you go behind

to scientists, educators, innovators, and storytellers around the world. They are changing how we understand and interact

in Peru or hiking the Scottish highlands alongside a conservationist and

the scenes to get a close-up view of work that’s helping to illuminate and

with our planet—and helping protect it for future generations. The National Geographic Society receives funds from

historian from the John Muir Trust. Traveling with our dynamic guides—

preserve the world’s cultural and natural treasures, from a community-

National Geographic Partners, LLC, funded in part by your purchase. To learn more, visit www.natgeo.com/info.

among the best in the business—you’ll be surrounded by people who are

based conservation program to protect South Africa’s endangered Cape

steeped in knowledge and insight about the places we go. And they’re

parrot to a celebration of ancient nomadic culture on the Mongolian steppe.

passionate about sharing that knowledge with you.

4

I

CALL 1-888-689-2557 OR VISIT NATGEOEXPEDITIONS.COM/ACTIVE

I

I

CALL 1-888-689-2557 OR VISIT NATGEOEXPEDITIONS.COM/ACTIVE

I

5


| CHOOSE YOUR A D V E N T U R E

EXPERIENCE OUR LODGES ALONG THE WAY

|

National Geographic Unique Lodges of the World is a collection of handpicked lodges that invite guests to experience the world’s most treasured places while helping to protect them for generations to come. Each lodge has made the choice to tread lightly, to celebrate nature rather than conquer it, to support cultural heritage, and to engage with local communities. From remarkable architecture to fine cuisine, these lodges are inspired by and complement their surroundings. The experience they offer is intimate and extraordinary, connecting guests with their destination in an authentic and meaningful way. Throughout this catalog, look for the yellow rectangles that denote Unique Lodges featured on our active itineraries. And visit natgeolodges.com to see all the properties in our growing collection.

NEW ZEALAND: SOUTH ISLAND ADVENTURE

Land

Small Ship

Train

Private Jet

COPAL TREE LODGE B E L I Z E J U N G L E A N D K AYA K I N G A DV E N T U R E

Private

Our trips are rated by activity level—from light to maximum—so you can choose the one that best suits you. All of our itineraries are well-paced and filled with opportunities for you to push your limits, choose the harder trail, or go on the extra hike. And whenever you feel the need, you can opt toActive take a break and relax atRiver theCruise hotel. Student Journeys Family Photo

Light

Light/Moderate

LIGHT

Moderate

Moderate/Strenuous

MODERATE

Travelers should be in good health Travelers should be physically fit and Light or Moderate prepared for multiple hours of activity and comfortable walking or (Lindblad standing and Scenic Expeditions Only) for extended periods of time. Daily (e.g., hiking, kayaking, biking) each activities may include city walking day. tours, visits to sites, game drives on M O D E R AT E / S T R E N U O U S bumpy roads, or easy hikes. Travelers should be physically fit and LIGHT/MODERATE prepared for multiple hours of activTravelers should be in good health ity (e.g., hiking, kayaking, biking) each and comfortable walking or standing day. Certain days may have more for extended periods of time. Daily challenging physical activity, such as activities may include city walking ascents/descents on steep mountaintours, visits to sites, game drives, or ous terrain. easy hikes, with options for more physical activities, such as hiking, kayaking, snorkeling, and biking.

6

I

Strenuous

Maximum

STRENUOUS Designed for experienced active travelers in excellent physical condition, these itineraries may include full-day hikes (sometimes at high altitude) or full-day kayaking excursions. Trails often include steep ascents/descents on mountainous terrain, with some exposed sections.

MAXIMUM The ultimate challenge for serious hikers who are very fit and have experience hiking or trekking at high elevations. These itineraries include numerous challenging, full-day hikes.

CALL 1-888-689-2557 OR VISIT NATGEOEXPEDITIONS.COM/ACTIVE

I

I

CALL 1-888-689-2557 OR VISIT NATGEOEXPEDITIONS.COM/ACTIVE

I

7


| CHOOSE YOUR A D V E N T U R E

EXPERIENCE OUR LODGES ALONG THE WAY

|

National Geographic Unique Lodges of the World is a collection of handpicked lodges that invite guests to experience the world’s most treasured places while helping to protect them for generations to come. Each lodge has made the choice to tread lightly, to celebrate nature rather than conquer it, to support cultural heritage, and to engage with local communities. From remarkable architecture to fine cuisine, these lodges are inspired by and complement their surroundings. The experience they offer is intimate and extraordinary, connecting guests with their destination in an authentic and meaningful way. Throughout this catalog, look for the yellow rectangles that denote Unique Lodges featured on our active itineraries. And visit natgeolodges.com to see all the properties in our growing collection.

NEW ZEALAND: SOUTH ISLAND ADVENTURE

Land

Small Ship

Train

Private Jet

COPAL TREE LODGE B E L I Z E J U N G L E A N D K AYA K I N G A DV E N T U R E

Private

Our trips are rated by activity level—from light to maximum—so you can choose the one that best suits you. All of our itineraries are well-paced and filled with opportunities for you to push your limits, choose the harder trail, or go on the extra hike. And whenever you feel the need, you can opt toActive take a break and relax atRiver theCruise hotel. Student Journeys Family Photo

Light

Light/Moderate

LIGHT

Moderate

Moderate/Strenuous

MODERATE

Travelers should be in good health Travelers should be physically fit and Light or Moderate prepared for multiple hours of activity and comfortable walking or (Lindblad standing and Scenic Expeditions Only) for extended periods of time. Daily (e.g., hiking, kayaking, biking) each activities may include city walking day. tours, visits to sites, game drives on M O D E R AT E / S T R E N U O U S bumpy roads, or easy hikes. Travelers should be physically fit and LIGHT/MODERATE prepared for multiple hours of activTravelers should be in good health ity (e.g., hiking, kayaking, biking) each and comfortable walking or standing day. Certain days may have more for extended periods of time. Daily challenging physical activity, such as activities may include city walking ascents/descents on steep mountaintours, visits to sites, game drives, or ous terrain. easy hikes, with options for more physical activities, such as hiking, kayaking, snorkeling, and biking.

6

I

Strenuous

Maximum

STRENUOUS Designed for experienced active travelers in excellent physical condition, these itineraries may include full-day hikes (sometimes at high altitude) or full-day kayaking excursions. Trails often include steep ascents/descents on mountainous terrain, with some exposed sections.

MAXIMUM The ultimate challenge for serious hikers who are very fit and have experience hiking or trekking at high elevations. These itineraries include numerous challenging, full-day hikes.

CALL 1-888-689-2557 OR VISIT NATGEOEXPEDITIONS.COM/ACTIVE

I

I

CALL 1-888-689-2557 OR VISIT NATGEOEXPEDITIONS.COM/ACTIVE

I

7


ERNIE S. TUSCANY AND CINQUE TERRE HIKING ADVENTURE

N i c h o l a s Y. Ta n z a n i a

J E S S I C A Y. @ J E S S U M A R A N G VIETNAM, LAOS, AND CAMBODIA ADVENTURE

G A R E T H T. @ G A R E T H TAT E PATAGONIA HIKING ADVENTURE

JOHN G. ICELAND HIKING ADVENTURE

RANDY H. NEW ZEALAND: SOUTH ISLAND ADVENTURE

MONICA M. @MONICAMCCARTY IRELAND: HIKING THE EMERALD ISLE

Exploring on foot allowed me to see Iceland at its best! It was more than just simply seeing the locations—we had the chance to learn the stories and science behind them.

While the hiking was challenging, it was manageable and the surrounding experience made the extra effort worthwhile. What a great way to experience mountains, glaciers, food, and travel in general. - RUTH K. TOUR DU MONT BLANC

- e m i l y T. iceland HIKING adventure

Follow us @N A T G E O E X P E D I T I O N S for more inspiration Post your own photos through 8

I

CALL 1-888-689-2557 OR VISIT NATGEOEXPEDITIONS.COM/ACTIVE

I

I

CALL 1-888-689-2557 OR VISIT NATGEOEXPEDITIONS.COM/ACTIVE

or upload them on our website.

I

9


ERNIE S. TUSCANY AND CINQUE TERRE HIKING ADVENTURE

N i c h o l a s Y. Ta n z a n i a

J E S S I C A Y. @ J E S S U M A R A N G VIETNAM, LAOS, AND CAMBODIA ADVENTURE

G A R E T H T. @ G A R E T H TAT E PATAGONIA HIKING ADVENTURE

JOHN G. ICELAND HIKING ADVENTURE

RANDY H. NEW ZEALAND: SOUTH ISLAND ADVENTURE

MONICA M. @MONICAMCCARTY IRELAND: HIKING THE EMERALD ISLE

Exploring on foot allowed me to see Iceland at its best! It was more than just simply seeing the locations—we had the chance to learn the stories and science behind them.

While the hiking was challenging, it was manageable and the surrounding experience made the extra effort worthwhile. What a great way to experience mountains, glaciers, food, and travel in general. - RUTH K. TOUR DU MONT BLANC

- e m i l y T. iceland HIKING adventure

Follow us @N A T G E O E X P E D I T I O N S for more inspiration Post your own photos through 8

I

CALL 1-888-689-2557 OR VISIT NATGEOEXPEDITIONS.COM/ACTIVE

I

I

CALL 1-888-689-2557 OR VISIT NATGEOEXPEDITIONS.COM/ACTIVE

or upload them on our website.

I

9


H I K I NG ENGL A N D COAS T TO COAST

ITINERARY DAY 1

I

|

1 3 DAY S

PENRITH, ENGLAND/ENNERDALE

Arrive in London or Manchester and take the train to Penrith. Meet at the train station and transfer to the village of Cleator where we’ll gather for a welcome dinner. Ennerdale Country House Hotel

DAY 2

I

ST. BEES TO ENNERDALE BRIDGE

Our journey kicks off with a coast-to-coast tradition: dipping a toe in the Irish Sea. Then set off along the sandstone cliffs of St. Bees Head. Pause for a pub lunch on our way to Ennerdale Bridge at the foot of the Lake District mountains. Ennerdale Country House Hotel 15 miles hiking (8 hours)

DAY 3

I

ENNERDALE BRIDGE TO HONISTER

I

GRASMERE TO GLENRIDDING

Above: Travelers take in majestic views of the North Sea as they walk along the cliff-lined coast.

10

I

I

LAKE ULLSWATER TO SHAP

The Black Swan 12 miles hiking (6–7 hours)

DAY 6

A cobblestoned street in the picturesque fishing village of Robin Hood’s Bay.

CALL 1-888-689-2557 OR VISIT NATGEOEXPEDITIONS.COM/ACTIVE

I

I

REETH TO RICHMOND

Drive to the nearby village of Reeth. From here, continue through the Yorkshire Dales, hiking along stretches of limestone on the way to historic Richmond. Here, we’ll explore an 11thcentury Norman castle. The Kings Head Hotel 10 miles hiking (5–6 hours)

I

I

SHAP TO ORTON AND RAVENSTONEDALE

The Black Swan 6 or 15 miles hiking (4–9 hours)

RICHMOND TO LORD STONES

Trace the River Swale past the remains of Easby Abbey to the village of Catterick Bridge. A short transfer brings us to Mount Grace Priory. Explore the ruins, and after lunch, hike toward the Cleveland Hills in the heart of the moorland. Return to Richmond for free time.

DAY 10

I

CLAY BANK TOP TO BLAKEY RIDGE

Hikers ascend Grisedale Hause, the highest point on the trek.

I N F O R M AT I O N We will be hiking 4–9 hours per day (5–15 miles) on moderate to steep grades at low elevations. During hikes, vehicle support is provided at various Maximum points along the way.

Activity Level

Transfer to North York Moors National Park and begin hiking across the dramatic landscape of Moderate Moderate/Strenuous Strenuous Light Light/Moderate the moors. Our route offers far-ranging vistas as we hike through the heather this region is known DAT E S for—lush and greenLight in orearly summer, deepening Moderate to purple in August. Mallyan Spout Hotel 9–13 miles hiking (5–7 hours)

DAY 11

I

BLAKEY RIDGE TO GROSMONT

This morning, descend to Great Fryup Head and into Glaisdale, where we see Beggars Bridge, then hike along an old trade route to Grosmont, or opt to ride the bus. Mallyon Spout Hotel 9 or 14 miles hiking (5–8 hours)

Trek across a limestone plateau dotted with prehistoric sites. Stop for lunch and visit the chocolate factory in the village of Orton. Continue the hike or head back to Ravenstonedale to enjoy some free time and a pint of local ale.

• Stay in cozy inns that exemplify the character and charm of the region.

DAY 8

(Lindblad and Scenic Expeditions Only)

Enjoy a scenic cruise on Lake Ullswater to Howtown. From here, we cross a historic Roman road on our way to Bampton. Hike across moorland to the 12th-century Shap Abbey, then transfer to our hotel in the quintessential English village of Ravenstonedale.

• Visit the home of poet William Wordsworth in the enchanting Lakeland village of Grasmere.

The Black Swan 9 miles hiking (5-6 hours)

The Kings Head Hotel 5 or 13 miles hiking (2–7 hours)

DAY 5

• Step back into England’s fascinating history as you explore sites from prehistory to the Roman era to the Tudors and beyond.

Follow a lovely trail across rolling hills to the market town of Kirkby Stephen. After lunch, drive to Yorkshire Dales National Park. Hike along the River Swale, discovering waterfalls and enchanting hamlets tucked in among the dales. End with an afternoon cream tea in Muker before heading back to the hotel.

Inn on the Lake 11 miles hiking (7–8 hours)

Inn on the Lake 9 miles hiking (5 hours)

• Set out on one of the ten best long-distance hikes in the world.

RAVENSTONEDALE TO MUKER

DAY 9

After a visit to the Grasmere home of the great poet William Wordsworth, climb over Grisedale Hause (1,936') to see spectacular views. Hike down the valley toward Lake Ullswater and spend the night in our lakeside hotel.

TRIP HIGHLIGHTS

I

Today we walk into Lake District National Park. Our splendid ramble traces the southern edge of Ennerdale Water, the park’s most westerly lake. After lunch near the Black Sail Hut, climb a 2,000-foot pass and take in the vista of peaks, lakes, and sheep-speckled pastures. We finish in Borrowdale, a short transfer from our hotel.

DAY 4

Cross England on foot, trekking from the Irish Sea to the North Sea through three incredible national parks. Immerse yourself in the mystical landscapes of the Lake District, where gemlike lakes reflect England’s highest mountains, and poets such as William Wordsworth drew inspiration. In the Yorkshire Dales, hike to storybook villages filled with half-timbered cottages and warmly lit pubs. Then climb into the wild, heather-covered highlands of the North York Moors. Along the way, discover ancient stone circles, medieval castles and monasteries, and the legendary charm of northern England. This 133-mile hike is designed to take in the most beautiful and historic sections of Alfred Wainwright’s famous 190-mile Coast to Coast Walk.

DAY 7

DAYS 12 AND 13 I LITTLEBECK TO ROBIN HOOD’S BAY/YORK From the hamlet of Littlebeck, our walk takes us into Scarry Wood, past a legendary cave, and up to the waterfall of Falling Foss. Walk along the cliff top to our final destination: the charming fishing village of Robin Hood’s Bay. The next morning, head to the airport for your flight home.

COST

2018:

2019:

May 27–June 8 June 17–29 June 24–July 6 July 1–13 July 15–27 Aug. 5–17 Aug. 19–31 Sept. 2–14

May 26–June 7 June 16–28 June 30–July 12 July 14–26 July 28–Aug. 9 Aug. 11–23 Aug. 25–Sept. 6 Sept. 8–20

2018:

2019:

$5,995

$6,195

Prices are per person, double occupancy. For a single room, add $800. Airfare to/from London or Manchester and the transfer to Penrith on Day 1 and from the York train station on Day 13 are not included in the cost. All meals are included between group arrival and departure, with the exception of dinner on Day 9.

Maximum group size: 16

ACCO M M O DAT I O N S We will stay 12 nights in English hotels and inns. Our accommodations range from comfortable hotels to simple family-run inns.

Victoria Hotel Day 12: 12 miles hiking (7 hours)

I

CALL 1-888-689-2557 OR VISIT NATGEOEXPEDITIONS.COM/ACTIVE

I

11


H I K I NG ENGL A N D COAS T TO COAST

ITINERARY DAY 1

I

|

1 3 DAY S

PENRITH, ENGLAND/ENNERDALE

Arrive in London or Manchester and take the train to Penrith. Meet at the train station and transfer to the village of Cleator where we’ll gather for a welcome dinner. Ennerdale Country House Hotel

DAY 2

I

ST. BEES TO ENNERDALE BRIDGE

Our journey kicks off with a coast-to-coast tradition: dipping a toe in the Irish Sea. Then set off along the sandstone cliffs of St. Bees Head. Pause for a pub lunch on our way to Ennerdale Bridge at the foot of the Lake District mountains. Ennerdale Country House Hotel 15 miles hiking (8 hours)

DAY 3

I

ENNERDALE BRIDGE TO HONISTER

I

GRASMERE TO GLENRIDDING

Above: Travelers take in majestic views of the North Sea as they walk along the cliff-lined coast.

10

I

I

LAKE ULLSWATER TO SHAP

The Black Swan 12 miles hiking (6–7 hours)

DAY 6

A cobblestoned street in the picturesque fishing village of Robin Hood’s Bay.

CALL 1-888-689-2557 OR VISIT NATGEOEXPEDITIONS.COM/ACTIVE

I

I

REETH TO RICHMOND

Drive to the nearby village of Reeth. From here, continue through the Yorkshire Dales, hiking along stretches of limestone on the way to historic Richmond. Here, we’ll explore an 11thcentury Norman castle. The Kings Head Hotel 10 miles hiking (5–6 hours)

I

I

SHAP TO ORTON AND RAVENSTONEDALE

The Black Swan 6 or 15 miles hiking (4–9 hours)

RICHMOND TO LORD STONES

Trace the River Swale past the remains of Easby Abbey to the village of Catterick Bridge. A short transfer brings us to Mount Grace Priory. Explore the ruins, and after lunch, hike toward the Cleveland Hills in the heart of the moorland. Return to Richmond for free time.

DAY 10

I

CLAY BANK TOP TO BLAKEY RIDGE

Hikers ascend Grisedale Hause, the highest point on the trek.

I N F O R M AT I O N We will be hiking 4–9 hours per day (5–15 miles) on moderate to steep grades at low elevations. During hikes, vehicle support is provided at various Maximum points along the way.

Activity Level

Transfer to North York Moors National Park and begin hiking across the dramatic landscape of Moderate Moderate/Strenuous Strenuous Light Light/Moderate the moors. Our route offers far-ranging vistas as we hike through the heather this region is known DAT E S for—lush and greenLight in orearly summer, deepening Moderate to purple in August. Mallyan Spout Hotel 9–13 miles hiking (5–7 hours)

DAY 11

I

BLAKEY RIDGE TO GROSMONT

This morning, descend to Great Fryup Head and into Glaisdale, where we see Beggars Bridge, then hike along an old trade route to Grosmont, or opt to ride the bus. Mallyon Spout Hotel 9 or 14 miles hiking (5–8 hours)

Trek across a limestone plateau dotted with prehistoric sites. Stop for lunch and visit the chocolate factory in the village of Orton. Continue the hike or head back to Ravenstonedale to enjoy some free time and a pint of local ale.

• Stay in cozy inns that exemplify the character and charm of the region.

DAY 8

(Lindblad and Scenic Expeditions Only)

Enjoy a scenic cruise on Lake Ullswater to Howtown. From here, we cross a historic Roman road on our way to Bampton. Hike across moorland to the 12th-century Shap Abbey, then transfer to our hotel in the quintessential English village of Ravenstonedale.

• Visit the home of poet William Wordsworth in the enchanting Lakeland village of Grasmere.

The Black Swan 9 miles hiking (5-6 hours)

The Kings Head Hotel 5 or 13 miles hiking (2–7 hours)

DAY 5

• Step back into England’s fascinating history as you explore sites from prehistory to the Roman era to the Tudors and beyond.

Follow a lovely trail across rolling hills to the market town of Kirkby Stephen. After lunch, drive to Yorkshire Dales National Park. Hike along the River Swale, discovering waterfalls and enchanting hamlets tucked in among the dales. End with an afternoon cream tea in Muker before heading back to the hotel.

Inn on the Lake 11 miles hiking (7–8 hours)

Inn on the Lake 9 miles hiking (5 hours)

• Set out on one of the ten best long-distance hikes in the world.

RAVENSTONEDALE TO MUKER

DAY 9

After a visit to the Grasmere home of the great poet William Wordsworth, climb over Grisedale Hause (1,936') to see spectacular views. Hike down the valley toward Lake Ullswater and spend the night in our lakeside hotel.

TRIP HIGHLIGHTS

I

Today we walk into Lake District National Park. Our splendid ramble traces the southern edge of Ennerdale Water, the park’s most westerly lake. After lunch near the Black Sail Hut, climb a 2,000-foot pass and take in the vista of peaks, lakes, and sheep-speckled pastures. We finish in Borrowdale, a short transfer from our hotel.

DAY 4

Cross England on foot, trekking from the Irish Sea to the North Sea through three incredible national parks. Immerse yourself in the mystical landscapes of the Lake District, where gemlike lakes reflect England’s highest mountains, and poets such as William Wordsworth drew inspiration. In the Yorkshire Dales, hike to storybook villages filled with half-timbered cottages and warmly lit pubs. Then climb into the wild, heather-covered highlands of the North York Moors. Along the way, discover ancient stone circles, medieval castles and monasteries, and the legendary charm of northern England. This 133-mile hike is designed to take in the most beautiful and historic sections of Alfred Wainwright’s famous 190-mile Coast to Coast Walk.

DAY 7

DAYS 12 AND 13 I LITTLEBECK TO ROBIN HOOD’S BAY/YORK From the hamlet of Littlebeck, our walk takes us into Scarry Wood, past a legendary cave, and up to the waterfall of Falling Foss. Walk along the cliff top to our final destination: the charming fishing village of Robin Hood’s Bay. The next morning, head to the airport for your flight home.

COST

2018:

2019:

May 27–June 8 June 17–29 June 24–July 6 July 1–13 July 15–27 Aug. 5–17 Aug. 19–31 Sept. 2–14

May 26–June 7 June 16–28 June 30–July 12 July 14–26 July 28–Aug. 9 Aug. 11–23 Aug. 25–Sept. 6 Sept. 8–20

2018:

2019:

$5,995

$6,195

Prices are per person, double occupancy. For a single room, add $800. Airfare to/from London or Manchester and the transfer to Penrith on Day 1 and from the York train station on Day 13 are not included in the cost. All meals are included between group arrival and departure, with the exception of dinner on Day 9.

Maximum group size: 16

ACCO M M O DAT I O N S We will stay 12 nights in English hotels and inns. Our accommodations range from comfortable hotels to simple family-run inns.

Victoria Hotel Day 12: 12 miles hiking (7 hours)

I

CALL 1-888-689-2557 OR VISIT NATGEOEXPEDITIONS.COM/ACTIVE

I

11


SCOTLAND HIKING ADVENTURE: FROM THE HIGHLANDS TO THE ISLANDS

I R ELA N D : H I K I N G TH E EM ER AL D I SL E

TRIP HIGHLIGHTS

TRIP HIGHLIGHTS

• Explore two islands, two national parks, and Edinburgh on a variety of hikes and walks.

• Approach the enchanting valley of Glendalough from above, descending along the beautiful Wicklow Way.

• Join a conservationist and historian from the John Muir Trust for a hike beneath the hulking peak of Ben Nevis.

• Hike a portion of the Dingle Way, and encounter the beehive huts and cliff-lined coast of the Dingle Peninsula.

• Set out on a private catamaran cruise along the coast of Jura, seeking out minke whales, basking sharks, and dolphins.

• Take to the trails of the spectacular Ring of Kerry, passing ancient forts and monasteries. • Go cycling on Inishmore, and get acquainted with the rich Irish traditions of the Gaeltacht.

• Discover Highland culture in remote villages, and tour a local whisky distillery on the isle of Kerrera.

ITINERARY

|

8 DAY S

DAYS 1 AND 2 I EDINBURGH,SCOTLAND/ LOCH LOMOND/THE TROSSACHS Arrive in Edinburgh and discover the city’s historic Old Town—a UNESCO World Heritage site. Step back in time as we walk along the Royal Mile and wind our way past sharp church spires and cobbled alleyways. Take a short hike up to Arthur’s Seat for fantastic views of the city. Start the next day with a warm-up hike in Loch Lomond and the Trossachs National Park—Scotland’s first national park. Our trail takes us along the West Highland Way, and we ascend Conic Hill to take in stunning views across Loch Lomond to the peaks of the Arrochar Alps. Continue to the West Highlands and settle in to our hotel, then relax and enjoy the sea views or take a walk in the garden. Bruntsfield Hotel; Loch Melfort Hotel Day 2: 4 miles hiking (3 hours)

DAYS 3, 4, AND 5

I

THE HIGHLANDS/ ISLE OF SKYE

From our base in Oban, travel to the isle of Kerrera and set off on an intriguing hike through history. Pass Horseshoe Bay, where King Alexander II of Scotland died in 1249, and explore the Gylen Castle, perched dramatically on a cliff’s edge. Return to Oban for a guided tour Above: A hiker is dwarfed by the stunning landscape of the Quiraing on the Isle of Skye.

12

I

of a whisky distillery. Take a private catamaran cruise on Loch Craignish and along the coast of Jura in search of minke whales, dolphins, and seals, and witness the swirling surf of the Corryvreckan Whirlpool. Walk through Kilmartin Glen and stop at the ruins of Dunadd, an Iron Age fort considered by some to be the birthplace of Scotland. Head north, passing the western end of Glen Coe, scene of the historic massacre of the MacDonald clan in 1692. In Fort Light/Moderate William, join a conservationist andLight John Muir historian for a guided hike. Cross the sea to Skye, stopping to visit Eilean Donan Castle. Loch Melfort Hotel; Cuillin Hills Hotel Day 3: 6–7 miles hiking (4–5 hours); Day 4: 5 miles hiking (2–3 hours); Day 5: 3–4 miles hiking (3 hours)

DAYS 6, 7, AND 8

I

1 0 DAY S

Arrive at our hotel in central Dublin and enjoy a free day to explore the city. The next day, visit the elaborate gardens of Powerscourt House, a country estate dating back to the 1300s. Then hike through lush pine forests as we journey along the beautiful Wicklow Way to Glendalough, a sixth-century monastic site. In the Vale of Avoca, site of Wicklow’s gold rush, visit the Avoca Handweavers mill.

I N F O R M AT I O N Activity Level

Moderate

DAT E S

Light or Moderate

Explore the spectacular landscapes of northern Skye, where grassy slopes drop off in sheer cliffs and fascinating rock formations spike and curl. Beginning at Loch Ainort, hike amid the rustcolored peaks of the Red Cuillins to Loch Slapin— a mirror-like lake with incredible views of the volcanic Black Cuillins, including the towering Bla Bheinn. Visit a local tea room, then return to Edinburgh the next day for your flight home.

|

DAYS 1­, 2, AND 3 I DUBLIN, IRELAND/ POWERSCOURT/GLENDALOUGH

We will be hiking 3–5 hours per day (2–7 miles) on moderate to steep grades at low elevations. Moderate/Strenuous

Strenuous

Maximum

2018: May 26–June 2 June 2–9 June 9–16 June 16–23 June 23–30 July 21–28

(Lindblad and Scenic Expeditions Only)

INNER HEBRIDES/ EDINBURGH

Cuillin Hills Hotel; Fonab Hotel Day 6: 6–7 miles hiking (3–4 hours); Day 7: 5–6 miles hiking (3–4 hours)

ITINERARY

July 28–Aug. 4 Aug. 4–11 Aug. 25–Sept. 1 Sept. 1–8 Sept. 8–15

Brooks Hotel; Glendalough Hotel Day 2: 10 miles hiking (5 hours); Day 3: 9 miles hiking (5 hours)

DAYS 4, 5, AND 6 I KILLARNEY/GAP OF DUNLOE/RING OF KERRY Travel to the Rock of Cashel, an exquisite example of Ireland’s medieval architecture. On the outskirts of Killarney, stroll the gardens of the 19th-century Muckross House. Bike or hike in the Gap of Dunloe, the narrow valley that splits the Purple Mountain Range from Macgillycuddy’s Reeks, and see Ross Castle, site of strong resistance to Oliver Cromwell’s Roundheads during the Irish Confederate Wars. Around the idyllic Ring of Kerry, watch a sheepdog demonstration and visit monasteries

Please visit our website for 2019 dates and a slightly modified itinerary for 2019.

COST

$5,595

Prices are per person, double occupancy. For a single room, add $900. Airfare to/from Edinburgh is not included in the cost. All meals are included between group arrival and departure, with the exception of dinner on Day 6.

Maximum group size: 16

ACCO M M O DAT I O N S We will stay seven nights in hotels and smaller inns offering authentic Scottish hospitality.

CALL 1-888-689-2557 OR VISIT NATGEOEXPEDITIONS.COM/ACTIVE

Above: Hikers trace the rugged coastline while trekking Ireland’s spectacular Dingle Way.

I

I

and Iron Age forts, or climb to the summit of Carrauntoohill, Ireland’s highest peak, for incredible views of the Irish countryside. Transfer to the Dingle Peninsula. Killarney Plaza Hotel & Spa or International Hotel Killarney; Dingle Benners Hotel Day 4: 3 miles hiking (2 hours); Day 5: 7 miles hiking or 30+ miles biking (3 hours); Day 6: 10–12 miles hiking (6 hours) or 11 miles (8 hours) for the Carrauntoohil climb

DAYS 7–10

I

Light

Light/Moderate

DINGLE/THE BURREN/ ARAN ISLANDS

I N F O R M AT I O N

Moderate

Hike along the Dingle Way, tracing the rocky Light or Moderate coastline of the Dingle Peninsula. Along the trail, see the Gallarus Oratory and ancient beehive huts perched on the windswept green hills. Visit the enigmatic Ballintaggart Ogham Stones, then travel to the unusual limestone karst landscape of the Burren, and meet a local farmer to learn about this otherworldly place and the traditions of its people. Ferry to the Aran Islands, part of the Gaeltacht, where the Irish language is still spoken. On Inishmore, hike up to Dun Aengus, a mysterious ring fort perched on the edge of a cliff. Explore the island by bicycle before returning to Galway for a festive farewell dinner. Depart the next morning for your flight home. (Lindblad and Scenic Expeditions Only)

Dingle Benners Hotel; Park House Hotel Day 7: 11 miles hiking (6 hours); Day 8: 3 miles hiking (2 hours); Day 9: 2 miles hiking (1 hour)

CALL 1-888-689-2557 OR VISIT NATGEOEXPEDITIONS.COM/ACTIVE

We will be hiking 1–6 hours per day (2–12 miles) on moderate to steep grades in variable weather. All optional biking excursions are Strenuous Maximum on local roads and are suitable for beginners. During hikes, vehicle support is provided at various points along the way.

Activity Level

Moderate/Strenuous

DAT E S

COST

2018:

2019:

May 21–30 June 11–20 July 16–25 Aug. 13–22

May 20–29 June 10–19 July 15–24 Aug. 12–21

2018:

2019:

$5,695

$5,995

Prices are per person, double occupancy. For a single room, add $750. Airfare to Dublin and return from Shannon is not included in the cost. All meals are included between group arrival and departure, with the exception of dinner on Days 5 and 8.

Maximum group size: 16

ACCO M M O DAT I O N S We will stay nine nights in comfortable hotels conveniently located to each day’s activities.

I

13


SCOTLAND HIKING ADVENTURE: FROM THE HIGHLANDS TO THE ISLANDS

I R ELA N D : H I K I N G TH E EM ER AL D I SL E

TRIP HIGHLIGHTS

TRIP HIGHLIGHTS

• Explore two islands, two national parks, and Edinburgh on a variety of hikes and walks.

• Approach the enchanting valley of Glendalough from above, descending along the beautiful Wicklow Way.

• Join a conservationist and historian from the John Muir Trust for a hike beneath the hulking peak of Ben Nevis.

• Hike a portion of the Dingle Way, and encounter the beehive huts and cliff-lined coast of the Dingle Peninsula.

• Set out on a private catamaran cruise along the coast of Jura, seeking out minke whales, basking sharks, and dolphins.

• Take to the trails of the spectacular Ring of Kerry, passing ancient forts and monasteries. • Go cycling on Inishmore, and get acquainted with the rich Irish traditions of the Gaeltacht.

• Discover Highland culture in remote villages, and tour a local whisky distillery on the isle of Kerrera.

ITINERARY

|

8 DAY S

DAYS 1 AND 2 I EDINBURGH,SCOTLAND/ LOCH LOMOND/THE TROSSACHS Arrive in Edinburgh and discover the city’s historic Old Town—a UNESCO World Heritage site. Step back in time as we walk along the Royal Mile and wind our way past sharp church spires and cobbled alleyways. Take a short hike up to Arthur’s Seat for fantastic views of the city. Start the next day with a warm-up hike in Loch Lomond and the Trossachs National Park—Scotland’s first national park. Our trail takes us along the West Highland Way, and we ascend Conic Hill to take in stunning views across Loch Lomond to the peaks of the Arrochar Alps. Continue to the West Highlands and settle in to our hotel, then relax and enjoy the sea views or take a walk in the garden. Bruntsfield Hotel; Loch Melfort Hotel Day 2: 4 miles hiking (3 hours)

DAYS 3, 4, AND 5

I

THE HIGHLANDS/ ISLE OF SKYE

From our base in Oban, travel to the isle of Kerrera and set off on an intriguing hike through history. Pass Horseshoe Bay, where King Alexander II of Scotland died in 1249, and explore the Gylen Castle, perched dramatically on a cliff’s edge. Return to Oban for a guided tour Above: A hiker is dwarfed by the stunning landscape of the Quiraing on the Isle of Skye.

12

I

of a whisky distillery. Take a private catamaran cruise on Loch Craignish and along the coast of Jura in search of minke whales, dolphins, and seals, and witness the swirling surf of the Corryvreckan Whirlpool. Walk through Kilmartin Glen and stop at the ruins of Dunadd, an Iron Age fort considered by some to be the birthplace of Scotland. Head north, passing the western end of Glen Coe, scene of the historic massacre of the MacDonald clan in 1692. In Fort Light/Moderate William, join a conservationist andLight John Muir historian for a guided hike. Cross the sea to Skye, stopping to visit Eilean Donan Castle. Loch Melfort Hotel; Cuillin Hills Hotel Day 3: 6–7 miles hiking (4–5 hours); Day 4: 5 miles hiking (2–3 hours); Day 5: 3–4 miles hiking (3 hours)

DAYS 6, 7, AND 8

I

1 0 DAY S

Arrive at our hotel in central Dublin and enjoy a free day to explore the city. The next day, visit the elaborate gardens of Powerscourt House, a country estate dating back to the 1300s. Then hike through lush pine forests as we journey along the beautiful Wicklow Way to Glendalough, a sixth-century monastic site. In the Vale of Avoca, site of Wicklow’s gold rush, visit the Avoca Handweavers mill.

I N F O R M AT I O N Activity Level

Moderate

DAT E S

Light or Moderate

Explore the spectacular landscapes of northern Skye, where grassy slopes drop off in sheer cliffs and fascinating rock formations spike and curl. Beginning at Loch Ainort, hike amid the rustcolored peaks of the Red Cuillins to Loch Slapin— a mirror-like lake with incredible views of the volcanic Black Cuillins, including the towering Bla Bheinn. Visit a local tea room, then return to Edinburgh the next day for your flight home.

|

DAYS 1­, 2, AND 3 I DUBLIN, IRELAND/ POWERSCOURT/GLENDALOUGH

We will be hiking 3–5 hours per day (2–7 miles) on moderate to steep grades at low elevations. Moderate/Strenuous

Strenuous

Maximum

2018: May 26–June 2 June 2–9 June 9–16 June 16–23 June 23–30 July 21–28

(Lindblad and Scenic Expeditions Only)

INNER HEBRIDES/ EDINBURGH

Cuillin Hills Hotel; Fonab Hotel Day 6: 6–7 miles hiking (3–4 hours); Day 7: 5–6 miles hiking (3–4 hours)

ITINERARY

July 28–Aug. 4 Aug. 4–11 Aug. 25–Sept. 1 Sept. 1–8 Sept. 8–15

Brooks Hotel; Glendalough Hotel Day 2: 10 miles hiking (5 hours); Day 3: 9 miles hiking (5 hours)

DAYS 4, 5, AND 6 I KILLARNEY/GAP OF DUNLOE/RING OF KERRY Travel to the Rock of Cashel, an exquisite example of Ireland’s medieval architecture. On the outskirts of Killarney, stroll the gardens of the 19th-century Muckross House. Bike or hike in the Gap of Dunloe, the narrow valley that splits the Purple Mountain Range from Macgillycuddy’s Reeks, and see Ross Castle, site of strong resistance to Oliver Cromwell’s Roundheads during the Irish Confederate Wars. Around the idyllic Ring of Kerry, watch a sheepdog demonstration and visit monasteries

Please visit our website for 2019 dates and a slightly modified itinerary for 2019.

COST

$5,595

Prices are per person, double occupancy. For a single room, add $900. Airfare to/from Edinburgh is not included in the cost. All meals are included between group arrival and departure, with the exception of dinner on Day 6.

Maximum group size: 16

ACCO M M O DAT I O N S We will stay seven nights in hotels and smaller inns offering authentic Scottish hospitality.

CALL 1-888-689-2557 OR VISIT NATGEOEXPEDITIONS.COM/ACTIVE

Above: Hikers trace the rugged coastline while trekking Ireland’s spectacular Dingle Way.

I

I

and Iron Age forts, or climb to the summit of Carrauntoohill, Ireland’s highest peak, for incredible views of the Irish countryside. Transfer to the Dingle Peninsula. Killarney Plaza Hotel & Spa or International Hotel Killarney; Dingle Benners Hotel Day 4: 3 miles hiking (2 hours); Day 5: 7 miles hiking or 30+ miles biking (3 hours); Day 6: 10–12 miles hiking (6 hours) or 11 miles (8 hours) for the Carrauntoohil climb

DAYS 7–10

I

Light

Light/Moderate

DINGLE/THE BURREN/ ARAN ISLANDS

I N F O R M AT I O N

Moderate

Hike along the Dingle Way, tracing the rocky Light or Moderate coastline of the Dingle Peninsula. Along the trail, see the Gallarus Oratory and ancient beehive huts perched on the windswept green hills. Visit the enigmatic Ballintaggart Ogham Stones, then travel to the unusual limestone karst landscape of the Burren, and meet a local farmer to learn about this otherworldly place and the traditions of its people. Ferry to the Aran Islands, part of the Gaeltacht, where the Irish language is still spoken. On Inishmore, hike up to Dun Aengus, a mysterious ring fort perched on the edge of a cliff. Explore the island by bicycle before returning to Galway for a festive farewell dinner. Depart the next morning for your flight home. (Lindblad and Scenic Expeditions Only)

Dingle Benners Hotel; Park House Hotel Day 7: 11 miles hiking (6 hours); Day 8: 3 miles hiking (2 hours); Day 9: 2 miles hiking (1 hour)

CALL 1-888-689-2557 OR VISIT NATGEOEXPEDITIONS.COM/ACTIVE

We will be hiking 1–6 hours per day (2–12 miles) on moderate to steep grades in variable weather. All optional biking excursions are Strenuous Maximum on local roads and are suitable for beginners. During hikes, vehicle support is provided at various points along the way.

Activity Level

Moderate/Strenuous

DAT E S

COST

2018:

2019:

May 21–30 June 11–20 July 16–25 Aug. 13–22

May 20–29 June 10–19 July 15–24 Aug. 12–21

2018:

2019:

$5,695

$5,995

Prices are per person, double occupancy. For a single room, add $750. Airfare to Dublin and return from Shannon is not included in the cost. All meals are included between group arrival and departure, with the exception of dinner on Days 5 and 8.

Maximum group size: 16

ACCO M M O DAT I O N S We will stay nine nights in comfortable hotels conveniently located to each day’s activities.

I

13


TUSC A NY AND CIN QU E TERRE HIKIN G ADVE NT URE

P ROVEN C E H I K I N G A DVEN TU R E

TRIP HIGHLIGHTS

TRIP HIGHLIGHTS

• Hike to hilltop towns perched above Chianti’s vineyard-laced valleys, and stay at picturesque farmhouses and villas.

• Approach some of France’s most beautiful villages on foot, enjoying time to explore Provence in depth.

• Discover San Gimignano’s soaring towers and Siena’s Gothic architecture, and soak up the charm of these UNESCO World Heritage sites.

• Hike the Van Gogh trail around St.-Rémy-deProvence, walking through landscapes the artist rendered in paint.

• Explore the coastal villages of the Cinque Terre on a series of spectacular walks and hikes.

• Meander through an abandoned ochre quarry near Roussillon, where the red glow of the rock creates an otherworldly atmosphere.

• Sample Tuscany’s famed wines and cuisine and the specialties of Liguria.

ITINERARY

|

9 DAY S

DAYS 1, 2, AND 3 I FLORENCE, ITALY/ SAN CASCIANO IN VAL DI PESA/ CHIANTI

Arrive in Florence and visit the Benedictine church of San Miniato al Monte, perched high above the city. Travel south along an ancient Roman road, Via Cassia, to San Casciano. Set out on our first hike, to a 15th-century Tuscan home where we enjoy a country dinner. The next day, drive into the hills of Chianti. Embark on a hike through rolling vineyards, past a medieval fortified town with an exquisite church, and the formidable Castello di San Polo. End the day with a tasting of Chianti wines. Hotel Executive Florence; Palazzo Leopoldo Radda Day 1: 2–3 miles hiking (2 hours); Day 2: 5 miles hiking (3–4 hours); Day 3: 5 miles hiking (3–4 hours)

DAYS 4 AND 5 I SIENA/COLLE DI VAL D’ELSA/SAN GIMIGNANO

In enchanting Siena, learn about the city’s competitive contrade, or districts, and explore the great central square, Il Campo. Then visit the fortified village of Monteriggioni, featured in Dante’s Inferno; and Colle di Val d’Elsa, where crystal and glassware have been produced

since the 17th century. Embark on a spectacular hike to San Gimignano, one of Tuscany’s most beautiful medieval hill towns. Explore the city’s fresco-adorned Duomo, or climb one of its many towers. Hotel Villa San Lucchese Day 4: 2–3 miles walking (4 hours); Day 5: 6 miles hiking (4–5 hours)

DAYS 6–9

I

CARRARA/LEVANTO/ CINQUE TERRE/PISA Light

ITINERARY

Activity Level

Light/Moderate

I

9 DAY S

Meet in Avignon and transfer to our hotel. Delve into this enchanting town and walk below the legendary Pont d’Avignon. Travel north to Châteauneuf-du-Pape, hiking up to the castle and into the vineyards that surround the village. Stop for a picnic and sample local vintages. Next, explore Vaison-la-Romaine, a gem of Roman and medieval art and architecture. Head south to hike along the jagged ridge of the Dentelles de Montmirail to the town of Gigondas. Enjoy a wine tasting, visit the 11th-century church and Romanesque chapel, and walk to the village of Sablet.

Moderate

DAT E S

(Lindblad and Scenic Expeditions Only)

COST

We will be hiking 2–5 hours per day (2–6 miles) on moderate to steep grades at low elevations. During hikes, vehicle support is provided at various points Moderate/Strenuous Strenuous along the way, except whileMaximum hiking in Cinque Terre (which is a car-free zone).

2018:

2019:

May 1–9 May 15–23 May 29–June 6 Sept. 4–12 Sept. 18–26 Oct. 2–10

Apr. 30–May 8 May 14–22 May 28–June 5 Sept. 10–18 Sept. 17–25 Oct. 1–9

2018:

2019:

$5,995

$6,195

Cloître Saint-Louis; Hostellerie Le Beffroi or La Fête en Provence Day 2: 6 miles hiking (3–4 hours); Day 3: 6 miles hiking (3 hours)

DAYS 4, 5, AND 6 I LUBÉRON/GORDES/ ROUSSILLON/ST-RÉMY-DE-PROVENCE

Prices are per person, double occupancy. For a single room, add $1,000 in 2018 and $1,100 in 2019. Airfare to Florence and return from Pisa is not included in the cost. All meals are included between group arrival and departure, with the exception of lunch on Days 4 and 8, and dinner on Days 3 and 7.

Artists and writers have long flocked to the Lubéron, a string of mountains dotted with age-old villages, castles, and ancient beehive huts called bories. Hike toward the 12th-century abbey Notre-Dame de Sénanque, then continue to the hilltop village of Gordes. From Bonnieux,

Maximum group size: 16

ACCO M M O DAT I O N S We will stay eight nights in comfortable, ideally located hotels.

Above: The colorful houses of Vernazza, as seen from the Cinque Terre trail.

14

|

DAYS 1­, 2, AND 3 I AVIGNON, FRANCE/ CHÂTEAUNEUF-DU-PAPE/DENTELLES DE MONTMIRAIL

I N F O R M AT I O N

Discover the ancient marble quarries of Carrara on our way to the seaside town of Levanto. Take a short train ride to Monterosso al Mare, Light or Moderate one of the five villages that make up the Cinque Terre, or “five lands.” Clinging to cliffs above the Mediterranean, these hamlets dazzle with pastel-hued homes overlooking picturesque harbors. Embark on a more challenging hike along the trail that links the villages of Vernazza, Corniglia, Manarola, and Riomaggiore. Next, set out from our hotel on a scenic coastal trail to Monterosso that meanders past lemon groves. Return to Levanto by train, and transfer to Pisa the next day to connect with your flight home. Hotel La Giada del Mesco Day 7: 5–6 miles hiking (5 hours); Day 8: 3–4 miles hiking (3–4 hours)

• Sample world-renowned wines in Châteauneufdu-Pape and Gigondas, and sit down to a farm-to-table meal at a local herb farm.

Above: The beautiful 12th-century abbey, Notre-Dame de Sénanque. CALL 1-888-689-2557 OR VISIT NATGEOEXPEDITIONS.COM/ACTIVE

I

I

hike through the Calavon River valley, passing through cherry orchards and truffle-oak plantations. Climb up to the centuries-old village of Lacoste, which ascends the hillside to the ruins of the castle of the Marquis de Sade, and sip a pastis while taking in the view. Visit a farm I N F O R M AT I O N where herbes de Provence are grown and enjoy a private farm-to-table meal. Follow the trail of the We will hike 3–4 hours per day (4–6 Activity Level miles) on good trails. During hikes, Aiguebrun River into the heart of the Lubéron. vehicle support is provided at various Climb up to the 3,000-year-old Buoux Fort. points along the way. Moderate Moderate/Strenuous Strenuous Maximum Then travel to Roussillon, where local Light houses Light/Moderate are painted with ochre sands. Stroll through an abandoned ochre quarry and continue west to 2018: 2019: DAT E S Light or Moderate St-Rémy-de-Provence. May 27–June 4 May 26–June 3 Le Mas de Guilles; Hotel Gounod June 17–25 June 9–17 Day 4: 5 miles hiking (3 hours); Sept. 9–17 June 16–24 Day 5: 6 miles hiking (3–4 hours); Sept. 23–Oct. 1 Sept. 8–16 Day 6: 4 miles hiking (3 hours) Oct. 14–22 Oct. 13–21 (Lindblad and Scenic Expeditions Only)

DAYS 7, 8, AND 9 I ALPILLES/LES-BAUXDE-PROVENCE/AVIGNON

Please Note: The itinerary shown describes departures in 2018. Please visit our website for the 2019 itinerary.

Set out on the Van Gogh trail, examining reproductions of his works as you walk through the very landscapes they depict. Explore SaintRémy, home to the Roman ruins of Glanum. Embark on a hike into the Alpilles to the medieval hamlet of Les Baux-de-Provence. Discover the ruins of the town’s citadel and see a collection of medieval war machines. Return to Avignon for a farewell dinner, and depart the next day.

COST

Hotel Gounod; Cloître Saint-Louis Day 7: 5 miles hiking (3 hours); Day 8: 5–6 miles hiking (3 hours)

We will stay eight nights in very comfortable, well-appointed hotels and inns with full amenities in locations ideally located to our activities.

CALL 1-888-689-2557 OR VISIT NATGEOEXPEDITIONS.COM/ACTIVE

2018:

2019:

$5,295

$5,495

Prices are per person, double occupancy. For a single room, add $900. Airfare to/from Paris, and train to/from Avignon, are not included in the cost. All meals are included between group arrival and departure, with the exception of dinner on Day 7.

Maximum group size: 16

ACCO M M O DAT I O N S

I

15


TUSC A NY AND CIN QU E TERRE HIKIN G ADVE NT URE

P ROVEN C E H I K I N G A DVEN TU R E

TRIP HIGHLIGHTS

TRIP HIGHLIGHTS

• Hike to hilltop towns perched above Chianti’s vineyard-laced valleys, and stay at picturesque farmhouses and villas.

• Approach some of France’s most beautiful villages on foot, enjoying time to explore Provence in depth.

• Discover San Gimignano’s soaring towers and Siena’s Gothic architecture, and soak up the charm of these UNESCO World Heritage sites.

• Hike the Van Gogh trail around St.-Rémy-deProvence, walking through landscapes the artist rendered in paint.

• Explore the coastal villages of the Cinque Terre on a series of spectacular walks and hikes.

• Meander through an abandoned ochre quarry near Roussillon, where the red glow of the rock creates an otherworldly atmosphere.

• Sample Tuscany’s famed wines and cuisine and the specialties of Liguria.

ITINERARY

|

9 DAY S

DAYS 1, 2, AND 3 I FLORENCE, ITALY/ SAN CASCIANO IN VAL DI PESA/ CHIANTI

Arrive in Florence and visit the Benedictine church of San Miniato al Monte, perched high above the city. Travel south along an ancient Roman road, Via Cassia, to San Casciano. Set out on our first hike, to a 15th-century Tuscan home where we enjoy a country dinner. The next day, drive into the hills of Chianti. Embark on a hike through rolling vineyards, past a medieval fortified town with an exquisite church, and the formidable Castello di San Polo. End the day with a tasting of Chianti wines. Hotel Executive Florence; Palazzo Leopoldo Radda Day 1: 2–3 miles hiking (2 hours); Day 2: 5 miles hiking (3–4 hours); Day 3: 5 miles hiking (3–4 hours)

DAYS 4 AND 5 I SIENA/COLLE DI VAL D’ELSA/SAN GIMIGNANO

In enchanting Siena, learn about the city’s competitive contrade, or districts, and explore the great central square, Il Campo. Then visit the fortified village of Monteriggioni, featured in Dante’s Inferno; and Colle di Val d’Elsa, where crystal and glassware have been produced

since the 17th century. Embark on a spectacular hike to San Gimignano, one of Tuscany’s most beautiful medieval hill towns. Explore the city’s fresco-adorned Duomo, or climb one of its many towers. Hotel Villa San Lucchese Day 4: 2–3 miles walking (4 hours); Day 5: 6 miles hiking (4–5 hours)

DAYS 6–9

I

CARRARA/LEVANTO/ CINQUE TERRE/PISA Light

ITINERARY

Activity Level

Light/Moderate

I

9 DAY S

Meet in Avignon and transfer to our hotel. Delve into this enchanting town and walk below the legendary Pont d’Avignon. Travel north to Châteauneuf-du-Pape, hiking up to the castle and into the vineyards that surround the village. Stop for a picnic and sample local vintages. Next, explore Vaison-la-Romaine, a gem of Roman and medieval art and architecture. Head south to hike along the jagged ridge of the Dentelles de Montmirail to the town of Gigondas. Enjoy a wine tasting, visit the 11th-century church and Romanesque chapel, and walk to the village of Sablet.

Moderate

DAT E S

(Lindblad and Scenic Expeditions Only)

COST

We will be hiking 2–5 hours per day (2–6 miles) on moderate to steep grades at low elevations. During hikes, vehicle support is provided at various points Moderate/Strenuous Strenuous along the way, except whileMaximum hiking in Cinque Terre (which is a car-free zone).

2018:

2019:

May 1–9 May 15–23 May 29–June 6 Sept. 4–12 Sept. 18–26 Oct. 2–10

Apr. 30–May 8 May 14–22 May 28–June 5 Sept. 10–18 Sept. 17–25 Oct. 1–9

2018:

2019:

$5,995

$6,195

Cloître Saint-Louis; Hostellerie Le Beffroi or La Fête en Provence Day 2: 6 miles hiking (3–4 hours); Day 3: 6 miles hiking (3 hours)

DAYS 4, 5, AND 6 I LUBÉRON/GORDES/ ROUSSILLON/ST-RÉMY-DE-PROVENCE

Prices are per person, double occupancy. For a single room, add $1,000 in 2018 and $1,100 in 2019. Airfare to Florence and return from Pisa is not included in the cost. All meals are included between group arrival and departure, with the exception of lunch on Days 4 and 8, and dinner on Days 3 and 7.

Artists and writers have long flocked to the Lubéron, a string of mountains dotted with age-old villages, castles, and ancient beehive huts called bories. Hike toward the 12th-century abbey Notre-Dame de Sénanque, then continue to the hilltop village of Gordes. From Bonnieux,

Maximum group size: 16

ACCO M M O DAT I O N S We will stay eight nights in comfortable, ideally located hotels.

Above: The colorful houses of Vernazza, as seen from the Cinque Terre trail.

14

|

DAYS 1­, 2, AND 3 I AVIGNON, FRANCE/ CHÂTEAUNEUF-DU-PAPE/DENTELLES DE MONTMIRAIL

I N F O R M AT I O N

Discover the ancient marble quarries of Carrara on our way to the seaside town of Levanto. Take a short train ride to Monterosso al Mare, Light or Moderate one of the five villages that make up the Cinque Terre, or “five lands.” Clinging to cliffs above the Mediterranean, these hamlets dazzle with pastel-hued homes overlooking picturesque harbors. Embark on a more challenging hike along the trail that links the villages of Vernazza, Corniglia, Manarola, and Riomaggiore. Next, set out from our hotel on a scenic coastal trail to Monterosso that meanders past lemon groves. Return to Levanto by train, and transfer to Pisa the next day to connect with your flight home. Hotel La Giada del Mesco Day 7: 5–6 miles hiking (5 hours); Day 8: 3–4 miles hiking (3–4 hours)

• Sample world-renowned wines in Châteauneufdu-Pape and Gigondas, and sit down to a farm-to-table meal at a local herb farm.

Above: The beautiful 12th-century abbey, Notre-Dame de Sénanque. CALL 1-888-689-2557 OR VISIT NATGEOEXPEDITIONS.COM/ACTIVE

I

I

hike through the Calavon River valley, passing through cherry orchards and truffle-oak plantations. Climb up to the centuries-old village of Lacoste, which ascends the hillside to the ruins of the castle of the Marquis de Sade, and sip a pastis while taking in the view. Visit a farm I N F O R M AT I O N where herbes de Provence are grown and enjoy a private farm-to-table meal. Follow the trail of the We will hike 3–4 hours per day (4–6 Activity Level miles) on good trails. During hikes, Aiguebrun River into the heart of the Lubéron. vehicle support is provided at various Climb up to the 3,000-year-old Buoux Fort. points along the way. Moderate Moderate/Strenuous Strenuous Maximum Then travel to Roussillon, where local Light houses Light/Moderate are painted with ochre sands. Stroll through an abandoned ochre quarry and continue west to 2018: 2019: DAT E S Light or Moderate St-Rémy-de-Provence. May 27–June 4 May 26–June 3 Le Mas de Guilles; Hotel Gounod June 17–25 June 9–17 Day 4: 5 miles hiking (3 hours); Sept. 9–17 June 16–24 Day 5: 6 miles hiking (3–4 hours); Sept. 23–Oct. 1 Sept. 8–16 Day 6: 4 miles hiking (3 hours) Oct. 14–22 Oct. 13–21 (Lindblad and Scenic Expeditions Only)

DAYS 7, 8, AND 9 I ALPILLES/LES-BAUXDE-PROVENCE/AVIGNON

Please Note: The itinerary shown describes departures in 2018. Please visit our website for the 2019 itinerary.

Set out on the Van Gogh trail, examining reproductions of his works as you walk through the very landscapes they depict. Explore SaintRémy, home to the Roman ruins of Glanum. Embark on a hike into the Alpilles to the medieval hamlet of Les Baux-de-Provence. Discover the ruins of the town’s citadel and see a collection of medieval war machines. Return to Avignon for a farewell dinner, and depart the next day.

COST

Hotel Gounod; Cloître Saint-Louis Day 7: 5 miles hiking (3 hours); Day 8: 5–6 miles hiking (3 hours)

We will stay eight nights in very comfortable, well-appointed hotels and inns with full amenities in locations ideally located to our activities.

CALL 1-888-689-2557 OR VISIT NATGEOEXPEDITIONS.COM/ACTIVE

2018:

2019:

$5,295

$5,495

Prices are per person, double occupancy. For a single room, add $900. Airfare to/from Paris, and train to/from Avignon, are not included in the cost. All meals are included between group arrival and departure, with the exception of dinner on Day 7.

Maximum group size: 16

ACCO M M O DAT I O N S

I

15


P ORT UGAL H IKING ADVEN TURE

SPAIN: WALKING EL CAMINO DE SANTIAGO

TRIP HIGHLIGHTS

TRIP HIGHLIGHTS

• Explore three UNESCO World Heritage sites on foot: historic Porto, the Douro wine region, and the former royal resort town of Sintra.

• Trace the footsteps of Ernest Hemingway (and many a bull) through Pamplona, and explore the spectacular historic center of Santiago de Compostela.

• Hike along beaches and coastal cliffs to Cabo da Roca, the westernmost point of continental Europe.

• Venture into Burgos Cathedral and the monasteries of San Millán de la Cogolla, both UNESCO World Heritage sites.

• Kayak the Douro River, breaking to relax on secluded beaches accessible only by boat.

• Encounter ancient Roman sites, mountain villages, and the architecture of Antoni Gaudí.

• Discover the cobblestoned lanes and colorful neighborhoods of Lisbon, and venture into its Moorish castle.

ITINERARY

|

8 DAY S

DAYS 1, 2, AND 3 I PORTO, PORTUGAL/ RÉGUA/DOURO VALLEY

Arrive in Porto and take a walking tour of the city’s historic Old Town. Stroll the picturesque riverfront and linger in the Praça da Ribeira plaza before a festive welcome dinner. Travel by bus to Peso da Régua, following the Douro River to the terraced vineyards of the stunning Douro Valley, where some of Portugal’s best wines and ports are produced. Visit the Douro Museum for an introduction to the region. After a picnic lunch, set out on a hike through the rolling landscape, taking in vistas of vine-striped slopes and the meandering river below. The next day, kayak the river, paddling past vineyards and stopping to relax at secluded beaches accessible only by boat. Enjoy a final hike through the region’s vineyards, then cap off the afternoon with a wine tasting. Crowne Plaza Porto; Quinta do Portal Day 2: 5 miles hiking (4 hours); Day 3: 7–8 miles paddling (4 hours), 2–3 miles hiking (2 hours)

I

DAYS 4 AND 5

PORTO/LISBON

Return to Porto, and delve deeper into the enchanting lanes of the Old Town, discovering the neighborhoods south of the river and visiting a port wine cellar to sample the city’s most famous export. The next day, travel by train to

Lisbon, Portugal’s colorful capital. Climb the steep cobblestoned streets of the traditional Alfama district, explore multicultural Mouraria, and visit São Jorge Castle—the Moorish stronghold that presides over the city.

I

ITINERARY DAYS 1­, 2, AND 3

CABO DA ROCA/ SINTRA/LISBON

Travel from Lisbon to the village ofLight Light/Moderate Almoçageme, the starting point for our coastal hike to Cabo da Roca—the westernmost Light or Moderate point of continental Europe. Hike high above beautiful coves and beaches, following the edge of oceanfront cliffs that lead to the Cabo da Roca lighthouse. The next day, hike through Sintra, beginning in the Old Town and visiting landmarks that include Santa Maria Church, the former home of Hans Christian Andersen, and the hilltop ramparts of the Castle of the Moors. Then hike over to Sintra’s crown jewel, the Palacio da Pena. Designed by King Fernando II, this 19th-century Romanticist castle is a patchwork of turrets and domes perched above luxuriant gardens. Explore the park’s paths and tour the opulent palace interiors before returning to Lisbon to depart the following day.

(Lindblad and Scenic Expeditions Only)

Tivoli Palácio de Seteais; Hotel Altis Avenida Day 6: 5 miles hiking (5–6 hours); Day 7: 4–5 miles hiking (5–6 hours)

Activity Level

Moderate

DAT E S

COST

We will hike 3–6 hours per day (3–5 miles) mostly on level trails but with some steeper grades at times. During hikes, vehicle support is provided at Moderate/Strenuous Strenuous Maximum various points along the way. There is one day of kayaking, for a maximum of 4 hours.

2018:

2019:

June 16–23 Aug. 4–11 Sept. 8–15 Sept. 22–29

May 25–June 1 June 15–22 Sept. 7–14 Sept. 21–28

2018:

2019:

$5,195

$5,395

I

I

1 0 DAY S

PAMPLONA, SPAIN/ LOGROÑO/BURGOS

Gran Hotel La Perla; Parador Nacional de Santo Domingo de la Calzada; NH Collection Palacio de Burgos Day 2: 8 miles hiking (4 hours); Day 3: 12–13 miles hiking (5–6 hours)

DAYS 4, 5, AND 6 I CARRIóN DE LOS CONDES/LEÓN/VILLAFRANCA DEL BIERZO

Prices are per person, double occupancy. For a single room, add $850. Airfare to Porto and return from Lisbon is not included in the cost. All meals are included between group arrival and departure, with the exception of dinner on Day 5.

Ramble across rolling fields to Carrión de los Condes and spend the night in a monastery. After a morning hike to Bercianos del Real Camino, explore León’s historic sites and stay in its spectacular parador. Follow country roads and take in the view from El Crucero de

Maximum group size: 16

ACCO M M O DAT I O N S We will stay seven nights in comfortable, ideally located hotels.

Santo Toribio, a stone cross that has marked our trail for centuries. Encounter the diverse architecture of Astorga, from Romanesque and Gothic churches to a palace designed by Antoni Gaudí. Continue west to Villafranca del Bierzo for the night. Hotel Real Monasterio San Zoilo; Hotel Real Colegiata; Parador de Villafranca del Bierzo Day 4: 11 miles hiking (5 hours); Day 5: 5–6 miles hiking (3 hours); Day 6: 11 miles hiking (5 hours) Light

Light/Moderate

I N F O R M AT I O N We will hike 3–6 hours per day (5–13 miles) mostly on moderate to steep grades at low elevations. During hikes, vehicle support is provided at various Strenuous points along Maximum the way.

Activity Level

Moderate

DAYS 7–10 I O CEBREIRO/MONFORTE DE LEMOS/SANTIAGO DE COMPOSTELA

Moderate/Strenuous

DAT E S

Light or Moderate

Hike into the northwestern region of Galicia, known for its Celtic history and rolling hills. Follow forest paths to the hilltop hamlet of O Cebreiro, home to the oldest intact church on El Camino. After a night in Monforte de Lemos, set off on the final leg of our hike, walking from O Pedrouzo to the steps of the cathedral in Santiago de Compostela—the final destination for those on pilgrimage. The next day, journey to Cabo Fisterra, a continuation of El Camino for many pilgrims. Enjoy free time or a guided tour of historic Santiago before our farewell dinner. Depart the next morning for your flight home. (Lindblad and Scenic Expeditions Only)

Parador de Monforte de Lemos; Parador de Santiago-Hostal dos Reis Católicos Day 7: 7–8 miles hiking (4 hours); Day 8: 12 miles hiking (6 hours)

COST

2018:

2019:

Apr. 30–May 9 June 11–20 Sept. 10–19 Oct. 15–24 Oct. 25–Nov. 3

Apr. 29–May 8 June 10–19 Sept. 9–18 Oct. 14–23 Oct. 24–Nov. 2

2018:

2019:

$6,195

$6,395

Prices are per person, double occupancy. For a single room, add $1,400. Airfare to Pamplona and return from Santiago de Compostela is not included in the cost. All meals are included between group arrival and departure, with the exception of dinner on Day 5.

Maximum group size: 16

ACCO M M O DAT I O N S We will stay six nights in ideally located paradors and three nights in comfortable hotels that reflect Spanish charm.

Above: A pilgrim approaches the Church of Nuestra Señora del Manzano along El Camino.

Above: Travelers take in views of the Atlantic as they hike along the Cabo da Roca coastline.

16

|

Arrive in Pamplona and transfer to our hotel, once a haunt of Ernest Hemingway. Walk through the old city and the streets made famous by the running of the bulls. The next day, descend into the wine region of La Rioja. From Logroño we begin our journey along El Camino, walking through the vineyards to the village of Navarrete. Visit the monasteries of San Millán de la Cogolla, considered the birthplace of the Spanish language. Hike from Atapuerca into the ninth-century heart of Burgos and take a guided tour.

I N F O R M AT I O N

Crowne Plaza Porto; Hotel Altis Avenida Day 5: 4–5 miles hiking (4–5 hours)

DAYS 6, 7, AND 8

• Stay in historic monasteries and paradors built centuries ago.

CALL 1-888-689-2557 OR VISIT NATGEOEXPEDITIONS.COM/ACTIVE

I

I

CALL 1-888-689-2557 OR VISIT NATGEOEXPEDITIONS.COM/ACTIVE

I

17


P ORT UGAL H IKING ADVEN TURE

SPAIN: WALKING EL CAMINO DE SANTIAGO

TRIP HIGHLIGHTS

TRIP HIGHLIGHTS

• Explore three UNESCO World Heritage sites on foot: historic Porto, the Douro wine region, and the former royal resort town of Sintra.

• Trace the footsteps of Ernest Hemingway (and many a bull) through Pamplona, and explore the spectacular historic center of Santiago de Compostela.

• Hike along beaches and coastal cliffs to Cabo da Roca, the westernmost point of continental Europe.

• Venture into Burgos Cathedral and the monasteries of San Millán de la Cogolla, both UNESCO World Heritage sites.

• Kayak the Douro River, breaking to relax on secluded beaches accessible only by boat.

• Encounter ancient Roman sites, mountain villages, and the architecture of Antoni Gaudí.

• Discover the cobblestoned lanes and colorful neighborhoods of Lisbon, and venture into its Moorish castle.

ITINERARY

|

8 DAY S

DAYS 1, 2, AND 3 I PORTO, PORTUGAL/ RÉGUA/DOURO VALLEY

Arrive in Porto and take a walking tour of the city’s historic Old Town. Stroll the picturesque riverfront and linger in the Praça da Ribeira plaza before a festive welcome dinner. Travel by bus to Peso da Régua, following the Douro River to the terraced vineyards of the stunning Douro Valley, where some of Portugal’s best wines and ports are produced. Visit the Douro Museum for an introduction to the region. After a picnic lunch, set out on a hike through the rolling landscape, taking in vistas of vine-striped slopes and the meandering river below. The next day, kayak the river, paddling past vineyards and stopping to relax at secluded beaches accessible only by boat. Enjoy a final hike through the region’s vineyards, then cap off the afternoon with a wine tasting. Crowne Plaza Porto; Quinta do Portal Day 2: 5 miles hiking (4 hours); Day 3: 7–8 miles paddling (4 hours), 2–3 miles hiking (2 hours)

I

DAYS 4 AND 5

PORTO/LISBON

Return to Porto, and delve deeper into the enchanting lanes of the Old Town, discovering the neighborhoods south of the river and visiting a port wine cellar to sample the city’s most famous export. The next day, travel by train to

Lisbon, Portugal’s colorful capital. Climb the steep cobblestoned streets of the traditional Alfama district, explore multicultural Mouraria, and visit São Jorge Castle—the Moorish stronghold that presides over the city.

I

ITINERARY DAYS 1­, 2, AND 3

CABO DA ROCA/ SINTRA/LISBON

Travel from Lisbon to the village ofLight Light/Moderate Almoçageme, the starting point for our coastal hike to Cabo da Roca—the westernmost Light or Moderate point of continental Europe. Hike high above beautiful coves and beaches, following the edge of oceanfront cliffs that lead to the Cabo da Roca lighthouse. The next day, hike through Sintra, beginning in the Old Town and visiting landmarks that include Santa Maria Church, the former home of Hans Christian Andersen, and the hilltop ramparts of the Castle of the Moors. Then hike over to Sintra’s crown jewel, the Palacio da Pena. Designed by King Fernando II, this 19th-century Romanticist castle is a patchwork of turrets and domes perched above luxuriant gardens. Explore the park’s paths and tour the opulent palace interiors before returning to Lisbon to depart the following day.

(Lindblad and Scenic Expeditions Only)

Tivoli Palácio de Seteais; Hotel Altis Avenida Day 6: 5 miles hiking (5–6 hours); Day 7: 4–5 miles hiking (5–6 hours)

Activity Level

Moderate

DAT E S

COST

We will hike 3–6 hours per day (3–5 miles) mostly on level trails but with some steeper grades at times. During hikes, vehicle support is provided at Moderate/Strenuous Strenuous Maximum various points along the way. There is one day of kayaking, for a maximum of 4 hours.

2018:

2019:

June 16–23 Aug. 4–11 Sept. 8–15 Sept. 22–29

May 25–June 1 June 15–22 Sept. 7–14 Sept. 21–28

2018:

2019:

$5,195

$5,395

I

I

1 0 DAY S

PAMPLONA, SPAIN/ LOGROÑO/BURGOS

Gran Hotel La Perla; Parador Nacional de Santo Domingo de la Calzada; NH Collection Palacio de Burgos Day 2: 8 miles hiking (4 hours); Day 3: 12–13 miles hiking (5–6 hours)

DAYS 4, 5, AND 6 I CARRIóN DE LOS CONDES/LEÓN/VILLAFRANCA DEL BIERZO

Prices are per person, double occupancy. For a single room, add $850. Airfare to Porto and return from Lisbon is not included in the cost. All meals are included between group arrival and departure, with the exception of dinner on Day 5.

Ramble across rolling fields to Carrión de los Condes and spend the night in a monastery. After a morning hike to Bercianos del Real Camino, explore León’s historic sites and stay in its spectacular parador. Follow country roads and take in the view from El Crucero de

Maximum group size: 16

ACCO M M O DAT I O N S We will stay seven nights in comfortable, ideally located hotels.

Santo Toribio, a stone cross that has marked our trail for centuries. Encounter the diverse architecture of Astorga, from Romanesque and Gothic churches to a palace designed by Antoni Gaudí. Continue west to Villafranca del Bierzo for the night. Hotel Real Monasterio San Zoilo; Hotel Real Colegiata; Parador de Villafranca del Bierzo Day 4: 11 miles hiking (5 hours); Day 5: 5–6 miles hiking (3 hours); Day 6: 11 miles hiking (5 hours) Light

Light/Moderate

I N F O R M AT I O N We will hike 3–6 hours per day (5–13 miles) mostly on moderate to steep grades at low elevations. During hikes, vehicle support is provided at various Strenuous points along Maximum the way.

Activity Level

Moderate

DAYS 7–10 I O CEBREIRO/MONFORTE DE LEMOS/SANTIAGO DE COMPOSTELA

Moderate/Strenuous

DAT E S

Light or Moderate

Hike into the northwestern region of Galicia, known for its Celtic history and rolling hills. Follow forest paths to the hilltop hamlet of O Cebreiro, home to the oldest intact church on El Camino. After a night in Monforte de Lemos, set off on the final leg of our hike, walking from O Pedrouzo to the steps of the cathedral in Santiago de Compostela—the final destination for those on pilgrimage. The next day, journey to Cabo Fisterra, a continuation of El Camino for many pilgrims. Enjoy free time or a guided tour of historic Santiago before our farewell dinner. Depart the next morning for your flight home. (Lindblad and Scenic Expeditions Only)

Parador de Monforte de Lemos; Parador de Santiago-Hostal dos Reis Católicos Day 7: 7–8 miles hiking (4 hours); Day 8: 12 miles hiking (6 hours)

COST

2018:

2019:

Apr. 30–May 9 June 11–20 Sept. 10–19 Oct. 15–24 Oct. 25–Nov. 3

Apr. 29–May 8 June 10–19 Sept. 9–18 Oct. 14–23 Oct. 24–Nov. 2

2018:

2019:

$6,195

$6,395

Prices are per person, double occupancy. For a single room, add $1,400. Airfare to Pamplona and return from Santiago de Compostela is not included in the cost. All meals are included between group arrival and departure, with the exception of dinner on Day 5.

Maximum group size: 16

ACCO M M O DAT I O N S We will stay six nights in ideally located paradors and three nights in comfortable hotels that reflect Spanish charm.

Above: A pilgrim approaches the Church of Nuestra Señora del Manzano along El Camino.

Above: Travelers take in views of the Atlantic as they hike along the Cabo da Roca coastline.

16

|

Arrive in Pamplona and transfer to our hotel, once a haunt of Ernest Hemingway. Walk through the old city and the streets made famous by the running of the bulls. The next day, descend into the wine region of La Rioja. From Logroño we begin our journey along El Camino, walking through the vineyards to the village of Navarrete. Visit the monasteries of San Millán de la Cogolla, considered the birthplace of the Spanish language. Hike from Atapuerca into the ninth-century heart of Burgos and take a guided tour.

I N F O R M AT I O N

Crowne Plaza Porto; Hotel Altis Avenida Day 5: 4–5 miles hiking (4–5 hours)

DAYS 6, 7, AND 8

• Stay in historic monasteries and paradors built centuries ago.

CALL 1-888-689-2557 OR VISIT NATGEOEXPEDITIONS.COM/ACTIVE

I

I

CALL 1-888-689-2557 OR VISIT NATGEOEXPEDITIONS.COM/ACTIVE

I

17


TO U R DU MONT BLAN C

H I K I N G I TA LY’ S D O LO M I TES TRIP HIGHLIGHTS

TRIP HIGHLIGHTS

• Make a classic circuit of western Europe’s highest mountain, crossing the borders of France, Italy, and Switzerland on foot.

• Hike amid glorious landscapes of pillars, pinnacles, and colossal rock walls including the stunning Tre Cime di Lavaredo and Rosengarten’s pink peaks.

• Hike through stunning terrain of mountain passes, verdant meadows, lush forests, and glacial valleys.

• Encounter remnants of World War I, trekking along supply paths past abandoned bunkers and barracks.

• Discover the charming cultures of secluded Alpine villages.

• Discover the culture of the little-known Ladin people, exploring their once-isolated villages and dining in the farmhouse of a local shepherd.

• Explore the famous mountaineering resort of Chamonix, which hosted the first Winter Olympic Games in 1924.

ITINERARY

|

1 0 DAY S

DAYS 1, 2, AND 3 I GENEVA, SWITZERLAND/CHAMONIX, FRANCE/ LES CONTAMINES-MONTJOIE

Arrive in Geneva and transfer to our hotel in Chamonix at the foot of Mont Blanc. We begin our hike from our hotel, entering the forest to reach a steep trail. Pass through farmlands on our way to the “Grand Balcon,” which affords fabulous views of the Aiguilles de Chamonix. Traverse below these towering peaks and return to Chamonix by cog railway. Our next ascent skirts the Bionnassay Glacier to Col du Tricot. Wind our way to Miage before descending to the picturesque village of Les Contamines-Montjoie. Grand Hôtel des Alpes; Hôtel la Chemenaz Day 2: 6–8 miles hiking (5–6 hours); Day 3: 8 miles hiking (6 hours)

DAYS 4, 5, AND 6 I VILLE DES GLACIERS/ COURMAYEUR, ITALY/MONT DE LA SAXE Visit the pilgrimage site of Notre Dame de la Gorge, then follow an ancient Roman route up to Col du Bonhomme. Transfer to La Ville des Glaciers, where Beaufort cheese is produced. Cross into Italy and descend to Miage Glacier, which snakes down from the Mont Blanc massif. Then drive to Courmayeur in Italy’s Valle

d’Aosta. From here, follow a varied trail through Alpine vegetation to Mont de la Saxe and Rifugio Bertone, where we take in sweeping views. A short, steep climb leads to a crest overlooking the pinnacles of Mont Blanc. Continue hiking to Lavachey, our home for the night.

ITINERARY

DAT E S

Hôtel du Glacier; Hôtel de la Couronne; Grand Hôtel des Alpes Day 7: 10 miles hiking (7 hours); Day 8: 12 miles hiking (6 hours); Day 9: 7 miles hiking (7 hours)

We will be hiking 6–8 hours per day (7–12 miles) on moderate to steep grades at elevations ranging from 4,000 feet to a maximum of 8,800 feet. Maximum

2018: June 2–11 June 30–July 9 July 28–Aug. 6

(Lindblad and Scenic Expeditions Only)

Ascend to the Grand Col Ferret, marking the Swiss-Italian border, and stay in the village of La Fouly. Follow the Bovine trail, named for the cattle that graze in these meadows. Climb up to a spectacular viewpoint and enjoy a picnic overlooking the Rhône Valley, then descend to Col de la Forclaz and transfer to Argentière. Our final hike reaches Col de Balme, high above the Trient Glacier, then crosses the Swiss-French border, and descends to the French hamlet of Tré-le-Champ. Return to Chamonix for a farewell dinner, and depart from Geneva the next day.

Arrive in Venice and travel north to Cortina d’Ampezzo. Take to the slopes on our first hike, the western portion of the Alpe di Sennes Circuit, which passes through two nature parks and beneath the Croda Rossa mountains. Set out from Rifugio Malga Ra Stua through a varied landscape, reaching an altitude of 6,942 feet. After lunch, we return to our starting point via a World War I mule track. Our next trail begins at remote Rifugio Auronzo, winding uphill to Rifugio Pian di Cengia. Trek to the foot of the Tre Cime di Lavaredo, and enjoy lunch and a hike beneath these natural fortifications.

I N F O R M AT I O N

Light/Moderate

DAYS 7–10 I LA FOULY/ARGENTIÈRE/ TRÉ-LE-CHAMP/CHAMONIX Light or Moderate

COST

Aug. 18–27 Sept. 1–10 Sept. 15–24

$5,695

Park Hotel Franceschi Day 2: 7 miles hiking (5 hours); Day 3: 8 miles hiking (6 hours)

Price is per person, double occupancy. Single rooms are not available on a request basis; all travelers will be paired with a same-gender roommate when a roommate is available. If a roommate is not available, a $700 mandatory single supplement will be charged. Airfare to/from Geneva is not included in the cost. All meals are included between group arrival and departure, with the exception of dinner on Days 2 and 6.

DAYS 4 AND 5 I ALTOPIANO DI FANES/ CORVARA/SANCTUARY OF SANTA CROCE Hike the landscapes of the Altopiano di Fanes within view of Marmolada, the highest peak in the Dolomites. Transfer to San Cassiano and ride the chairlift up to Piz Sorega, following a ridgeline trail to the Rifugio Bioch. Descend to Corvara, where the Ladin people still celebrate

Maximum group size: 14

ACCO M M O DAT I O N S We will stay nine nights in hotels, lodges, and simple inns combining ideal locations and local Alpine charm.

Above: Hikers trek an Alpine trail against the backdrop of the Mont Blanc massif.

18

I

1 0 DAY S

DAYS 1­, 2, AND 3 I VENICE, ITALY/ALPE DI SENNES CIRCUIT/TRE CIME DI LAVAREDO

Hôtel L’Autantic; Grand Hôtel Courmayeur Mont Blanc Activity Level Day 4: 10 miles hiking (8 hours); Day 5: 10 miles hiking (6 hours); Day 6: 10 miles hiking (8 hours) Moderate Moderate/Strenuous Strenuous Light

|

their ancient culture. The next day, hike past picturesque farmhouse hamlets and ascend to the 15th-century Sanctuary of Santa Croce. Enjoy a lunch of Ladin specialties at a nearby farmhouse, then trek down to San Leonardo.

I N F O R M AT I O N

Posta Zirm Hotel Day 4: 9–11 miles hiking (5–7 hours); Day 5: 7 miles hiking (5–6 hours)

We will be hiking 3–8 hours per day (7–11 miles), on moderate to steep grades and at elevations ranging from 4,200 to 10,400 feet.

Activity Level

DAYS 6–10 I SELLA MASSIF/ Light Light/Moderate ROSENGARTEN/BOLZANO/VENICE

Moderate

Traverse the south face of the Sella Massif from Passo Pordoi (7,345’) and up to Rifugio Forcella Light or Moderate Pordoi. Ride the gondola back down after lunch and transfer to Welschnofen. The next day, catch a gondola to the Paolina Hut (6,972’) in the heart of the Rosengarten mountains, named for the rose-colored hues that emanate from their peaks at sunset. Make the circuit around the massive walls of Rotwand and stroll through the Seiser Alm, a high-alpine plateau. In Bolzano, enjoy a tour of the South Tyrol Museum of Archaeology, home to Ötzi the Iceman—a 5,000-year-old natural human mummy discovered in the nearby Ötztal Alps. Return to Venice, where we enjoy a walking tour and a final farewell dinner.

Moderate/Strenuous

Strenuous

DAT E S

(Lindblad and Scenic Expeditions Only)

COST

Maximum

2018:

2019:

June 18–27 July 9–18 July 23–Aug. 1 Sept. 4–13

June 17–26 July 8–17 July 22–31 Sept. 3–12

2018:

2019:

$6,795

$6,895

Prices are per person, double occupancy. For a single room, add $750. Airfare to/from Venice is not included in the cost. All meals are included between group arrival and departure.

Maximum group size: 16

ACCO M M O DAT I O N S We will stay nine nights in comfortable, ideally located hotels.

Hotel Engel; Hotel Bonvecchiati Day 6: 7–9 miles hiking (5–6 hours); Day 7: 7 miles hiking (6 hours); Day 8: 4 miles hiking (3 hour)

Above: Quaint villages abound in the Dolomite countryside. CALL 1-888-689-2557 OR VISIT NATGEOEXPEDITIONS.COM/ACTIVE

I

I

CALL 1-888-689-2557 OR VISIT NATGEOEXPEDITIONS.COM/ACTIVE

I

19


TO U R DU MONT BLAN C

H I K I N G I TA LY’ S D O LO M I TES TRIP HIGHLIGHTS

TRIP HIGHLIGHTS

• Make a classic circuit of western Europe’s highest mountain, crossing the borders of France, Italy, and Switzerland on foot.

• Hike amid glorious landscapes of pillars, pinnacles, and colossal rock walls including the stunning Tre Cime di Lavaredo and Rosengarten’s pink peaks.

• Hike through stunning terrain of mountain passes, verdant meadows, lush forests, and glacial valleys.

• Encounter remnants of World War I, trekking along supply paths past abandoned bunkers and barracks.

• Discover the charming cultures of secluded Alpine villages.

• Discover the culture of the little-known Ladin people, exploring their once-isolated villages and dining in the farmhouse of a local shepherd.

• Explore the famous mountaineering resort of Chamonix, which hosted the first Winter Olympic Games in 1924.

ITINERARY

|

1 0 DAY S

DAYS 1, 2, AND 3 I GENEVA, SWITZERLAND/CHAMONIX, FRANCE/ LES CONTAMINES-MONTJOIE

Arrive in Geneva and transfer to our hotel in Chamonix at the foot of Mont Blanc. We begin our hike from our hotel, entering the forest to reach a steep trail. Pass through farmlands on our way to the “Grand Balcon,” which affords fabulous views of the Aiguilles de Chamonix. Traverse below these towering peaks and return to Chamonix by cog railway. Our next ascent skirts the Bionnassay Glacier to Col du Tricot. Wind our way to Miage before descending to the picturesque village of Les Contamines-Montjoie. Grand Hôtel des Alpes; Hôtel la Chemenaz Day 2: 6–8 miles hiking (5–6 hours); Day 3: 8 miles hiking (6 hours)

DAYS 4, 5, AND 6 I VILLE DES GLACIERS/ COURMAYEUR, ITALY/MONT DE LA SAXE Visit the pilgrimage site of Notre Dame de la Gorge, then follow an ancient Roman route up to Col du Bonhomme. Transfer to La Ville des Glaciers, where Beaufort cheese is produced. Cross into Italy and descend to Miage Glacier, which snakes down from the Mont Blanc massif. Then drive to Courmayeur in Italy’s Valle

d’Aosta. From here, follow a varied trail through Alpine vegetation to Mont de la Saxe and Rifugio Bertone, where we take in sweeping views. A short, steep climb leads to a crest overlooking the pinnacles of Mont Blanc. Continue hiking to Lavachey, our home for the night.

ITINERARY

DAT E S

Hôtel du Glacier; Hôtel de la Couronne; Grand Hôtel des Alpes Day 7: 10 miles hiking (7 hours); Day 8: 12 miles hiking (6 hours); Day 9: 7 miles hiking (7 hours)

We will be hiking 6–8 hours per day (7–12 miles) on moderate to steep grades at elevations ranging from 4,000 feet to a maximum of 8,800 feet. Maximum

2018: June 2–11 June 30–July 9 July 28–Aug. 6

(Lindblad and Scenic Expeditions Only)

Ascend to the Grand Col Ferret, marking the Swiss-Italian border, and stay in the village of La Fouly. Follow the Bovine trail, named for the cattle that graze in these meadows. Climb up to a spectacular viewpoint and enjoy a picnic overlooking the Rhône Valley, then descend to Col de la Forclaz and transfer to Argentière. Our final hike reaches Col de Balme, high above the Trient Glacier, then crosses the Swiss-French border, and descends to the French hamlet of Tré-le-Champ. Return to Chamonix for a farewell dinner, and depart from Geneva the next day.

Arrive in Venice and travel north to Cortina d’Ampezzo. Take to the slopes on our first hike, the western portion of the Alpe di Sennes Circuit, which passes through two nature parks and beneath the Croda Rossa mountains. Set out from Rifugio Malga Ra Stua through a varied landscape, reaching an altitude of 6,942 feet. After lunch, we return to our starting point via a World War I mule track. Our next trail begins at remote Rifugio Auronzo, winding uphill to Rifugio Pian di Cengia. Trek to the foot of the Tre Cime di Lavaredo, and enjoy lunch and a hike beneath these natural fortifications.

I N F O R M AT I O N

Light/Moderate

DAYS 7–10 I LA FOULY/ARGENTIÈRE/ TRÉ-LE-CHAMP/CHAMONIX Light or Moderate

COST

Aug. 18–27 Sept. 1–10 Sept. 15–24

$5,695

Park Hotel Franceschi Day 2: 7 miles hiking (5 hours); Day 3: 8 miles hiking (6 hours)

Price is per person, double occupancy. Single rooms are not available on a request basis; all travelers will be paired with a same-gender roommate when a roommate is available. If a roommate is not available, a $700 mandatory single supplement will be charged. Airfare to/from Geneva is not included in the cost. All meals are included between group arrival and departure, with the exception of dinner on Days 2 and 6.

DAYS 4 AND 5 I ALTOPIANO DI FANES/ CORVARA/SANCTUARY OF SANTA CROCE Hike the landscapes of the Altopiano di Fanes within view of Marmolada, the highest peak in the Dolomites. Transfer to San Cassiano and ride the chairlift up to Piz Sorega, following a ridgeline trail to the Rifugio Bioch. Descend to Corvara, where the Ladin people still celebrate

Maximum group size: 14

ACCO M M O DAT I O N S We will stay nine nights in hotels, lodges, and simple inns combining ideal locations and local Alpine charm.

Above: Hikers trek an Alpine trail against the backdrop of the Mont Blanc massif.

18

I

1 0 DAY S

DAYS 1­, 2, AND 3 I VENICE, ITALY/ALPE DI SENNES CIRCUIT/TRE CIME DI LAVAREDO

Hôtel L’Autantic; Grand Hôtel Courmayeur Mont Blanc Activity Level Day 4: 10 miles hiking (8 hours); Day 5: 10 miles hiking (6 hours); Day 6: 10 miles hiking (8 hours) Moderate Moderate/Strenuous Strenuous Light

|

their ancient culture. The next day, hike past picturesque farmhouse hamlets and ascend to the 15th-century Sanctuary of Santa Croce. Enjoy a lunch of Ladin specialties at a nearby farmhouse, then trek down to San Leonardo.

I N F O R M AT I O N

Posta Zirm Hotel Day 4: 9–11 miles hiking (5–7 hours); Day 5: 7 miles hiking (5–6 hours)

We will be hiking 3–8 hours per day (7–11 miles), on moderate to steep grades and at elevations ranging from 4,200 to 10,400 feet.

Activity Level

DAYS 6–10 I SELLA MASSIF/ Light Light/Moderate ROSENGARTEN/BOLZANO/VENICE

Moderate

Traverse the south face of the Sella Massif from Passo Pordoi (7,345’) and up to Rifugio Forcella Light or Moderate Pordoi. Ride the gondola back down after lunch and transfer to Welschnofen. The next day, catch a gondola to the Paolina Hut (6,972’) in the heart of the Rosengarten mountains, named for the rose-colored hues that emanate from their peaks at sunset. Make the circuit around the massive walls of Rotwand and stroll through the Seiser Alm, a high-alpine plateau. In Bolzano, enjoy a tour of the South Tyrol Museum of Archaeology, home to Ötzi the Iceman—a 5,000-year-old natural human mummy discovered in the nearby Ötztal Alps. Return to Venice, where we enjoy a walking tour and a final farewell dinner.

Moderate/Strenuous

Strenuous

DAT E S

(Lindblad and Scenic Expeditions Only)

COST

Maximum

2018:

2019:

June 18–27 July 9–18 July 23–Aug. 1 Sept. 4–13

June 17–26 July 8–17 July 22–31 Sept. 3–12

2018:

2019:

$6,795

$6,895

Prices are per person, double occupancy. For a single room, add $750. Airfare to/from Venice is not included in the cost. All meals are included between group arrival and departure.

Maximum group size: 16

ACCO M M O DAT I O N S We will stay nine nights in comfortable, ideally located hotels.

Hotel Engel; Hotel Bonvecchiati Day 6: 7–9 miles hiking (5–6 hours); Day 7: 7 miles hiking (6 hours); Day 8: 4 miles hiking (3 hour)

Above: Quaint villages abound in the Dolomite countryside. CALL 1-888-689-2557 OR VISIT NATGEOEXPEDITIONS.COM/ACTIVE

I

I

CALL 1-888-689-2557 OR VISIT NATGEOEXPEDITIONS.COM/ACTIVE

I

19


GR E E K ISL ANDS ADVEN TURE

CROATIA: HIKING AND KAYAKING ADVENTURE TRIP HIGHLIGHTS

TRIP HIGHLIGHTS

• Climb Mount Zeus, the Cyclades’ highest peak, and hike the cliffs ringing Santorini’s caldera.

• Kayak and explore the wooded islands, lush inlets, and pristine beaches of Croatia’s stunning coast.

• Set off from Náxos on a daylong sailing excursion, and anchor at secluded beaches and inlets.

ITINERARY DAYS 1–4

I

|

9 DAY S

ATHENS, GREECE/NÁXOS/ MOUNT ZEUS

Arrive in Athens and enjoy a guided walk through the city, followed by a welcome dinner. Spend the next morning at the hilltop complex of the Acropolis. Explore the Parthenon, the New Acropolis Museum, and the Panathenaic Stadium. Then travel by ferry to the lush island of Náxos, the largest of the Cyclades. Take to the sea on a sailing excursion, exploring secluded beaches and tiny islands. Next, hike from the foot of Mount Zeus (3,290'), passing ancient stone walls and olive groves to reach the rocky summit. Transfer to Apiranthos for lunch and a free afternoon. Take an evening stroll through the town of Náxos. Electra Palace Hotel; Porto Náxos Hotel Day 4: 4 miles hiking (4 hours)

I

DAYS 5 AND 6

SANTORINI/AKROTIRI

Catch a ferry to Santorini, an archipelago formed from a volcanic cone that erupted in the second millennium B.C. Hike along the rim of the caldera, following the trail to the bluedomed village of Oia. Explore the town and take in the island sunset. The next morning, discover the ruins of ancient Akrotiri, an important Minoan Bronze Age settlement

I

• Swim in Korčula’s coves, then visit the island’s walled town, a UNESCO World Heritage site.

• Trace the history of legendary civilizations at the Acropolis in Athens and ancient Thíra on Santorini.

• Walk atop Dubrovnik’s ramparts, and explore the white-stone palace of the Roman Emperor Diocletian in Split.

Light

Light/Moderate

ITINERARY

Moderate

Set out in your kayak to explore black lava caves and the lighthouse of Fanari. Paddle to a caldera beach and snorkel or relax before enjoying a picnic lunch overlooking volcanic islands. At Pyrgos, explore labyrinthine streets encircling the ruins of a Venetian castle. Hike to the island’s highest peak, Profítis Ilías (1,857'), home to an 18th-century monastery. Continue on foot to ancient Thíra, a fascinating cluster of Hellenistic, Roman, and Byzantine ruins. Transfer to a nearby beach to swim. Later, fly back to Athens for a farewell dinner, and depart the following day.

Light or Moderate

(Lindblad and Scenic Expeditions Only)

Rocabella Santorini Resort and Spa; Electra Palace Hotel Day 7: 6 miles paddling (4 hours); Day 8: 4–5 miles hiking (3 hours)

DAT E S

COST

This trip is suitable for beginner and expert kayakers; no previous experience is needed. We will paddle stable, two-person kayaks for an average of 4 Moderate/Strenuous Strenuous hours per day (6 miles), andMaximum will hike 3–5 hours per day (up to 5 miles) on moderate to steep grades at low elevations. While kayaking, boat support will not be available.

2018:

2019:

May 19–27 June 16–24 June 23–July 1 Sept. 8–16 Sept. 22–30

June 15–23 June 22–30 Sept. 7–15

2018:

2019:

$6,595

$6,795

DAYS 3 AND 4

I

HVAR/PAKLENI ISLANDS/BRAČ

Hotel Adriana Day 3: 5 miles paddling (4 hours); Day 4: 6 miles hiking (3 hours)

ACCO M M O DAT I O N S We will stay eight nights in very comfortable, well-appointed hotels with many amenities.

DAYS 5 AND 6

I

KORČULA/PELJEŠAC PENINSULA

Cruise to Korčula Island, passing craggy cliffs, and swim in the sapphire-blue Adriatic. Hike to the home of a producer of Korčula’s renowned Pošip white wine. After another short hike, I N F O R M AT I O N enjoy lunch and explore the medieval city of Our hikes range from 1–3 hours (4–6 Activity Level Korčula, thought by some to be Marco Polo’s miles) on good trails. On the kayaking birthplace. Next, head to Orebič, home to some excursion, we will be paddling stable, two-person sit-on-top kayaks of Croatia’s best red wine, oranges, pomegranModerate Moderate/Strenuous Strenuous Light Light/Moderate for an average of 2–4 hoursMaximum (5 miles). ates, and figs. Hike to a 15th-century monasThis trip is suitable for beginner and tery, then follow the footpath past stone houses expert kayakers alike; no previous and ancient chapels to the coast for a swim.Light or Moderate experience is necessary. Visit a traditional tavern to taste homemade 2018: DAT E S salamis, bread, and freshly caught fish. June 3–10 Sept. 1–8 Hotel Indijan June 11–18 Sept. 8–15 Day 5: 4 miles hiking (2 hours); (Lindblad and Scenic Expeditions Only)

Kayak in the Pakleni Islands, pausing to enjoy a beach picnic. Tour the charming town of Hvar, then visit Brač Island, famous for its white limestone used since ancient Roman times. Our private boat anchors in the hidden bay of Blaca. From here, hike up to the 450-year-old hermitage and feast on local specialties. Continue to the top of Vidova Gora, the highest peak in the Dalmatian islands.

Maximum group size: 16

I

SPLIT, CROATIA/HVAR

Cornaro Hotel; Hotel Adriana Day 2: 6 miles hiking (3 hours)

Prices are per person, double occupancy. For a single room, add $950 in 2018 and $1,100 in 2019. Airfare to/from Athens and within Greece is not included in the cost. The group flight within Greece is $350 per person (subject to change). All meals are included between group arrival and departure.

CALL 1-888-689-2557 OR VISIT NATGEOEXPEDITIONS.COM/ACTIVE

8 DAY S

Arrive in Split and gather for a tour of the Roman-era palace of Diocletian, exploring this beguiling maze of marble streets, churches, and fortified walls. The next day, take a boat to Hvar, an island of vineyards, limestone cliffs, and emerald-green coves. Explore small villages and join a local artist on her estate for an olive oil tasting. Hike across the island to the deserted stone village of Malo Grablje.

I N F O R M AT I O N Activity Level

|

I

DAYS 1­AND 2

DAYS 7, 8, AND 9 I SANTORINI/ ANCIENT THÍRA/ATHENS

Above: A hiker pauses to take in the view from a rocky perch in Santorini.

20

• Explore whitewashed villages and volcanic seascapes while kayaking Santorini’s coast.

that was buried by ash following a volcanic eruption sometime between 1627 and 1600 B.C. Then gear up for a leisurely kayak excursion. After an introductory lesson for beginners, set out from Akrotiri Beach and round the dramatic crags on the southwest coast. Stop to snorkel within view of the crimson cliffs of Red Beach. Rocabella Santorini Resort and Spa Day 5: 5 miles hiking (3 hours); Day 6: 6 miles paddling (4 hours)

• Climb Vidova Gora, the highest peak on the Adriatic.

Day 6: 4 miles hiking (2–3 hours)

DAYS 7 AND 8

I

STON/DUBROVNIK

Visit a family of oyster farmers in Ston. As a grand finale, explore Dubrovnik, a major maritime power in the 14th century, with marble streets and baroque architecture surrounded by medieval walls. Enjoy a farewell dinner on our final night. Grand Villa Argentina Day 7: 4 miles hiking (1–2 hours)

COST

$5,195

Price is per person, double occupancy. For a single room, add $1,200. Airfare to Split and return from Dubrovnik is not included in the cost. All meals are included between group arrival and departure, with the exception of dinner on Day 4.

Maximum group size: 16

ACCO M M O DAT I O N S We will stay seven nights in a combination of quaint inns and larger, comfortable hotels. All lodging is conveniently located near each day’s activities.

Above: Fishing boats moored in the crystal clear waters of Hvar’s Harbor.

I

CALL 1-888-689-2557 OR VISIT NATGEOEXPEDITIONS.COM/ACTIVE

I

21


GR E E K ISL ANDS ADVEN TURE

CROATIA: HIKING AND KAYAKING ADVENTURE TRIP HIGHLIGHTS

TRIP HIGHLIGHTS

• Climb Mount Zeus, the Cyclades’ highest peak, and hike the cliffs ringing Santorini’s caldera.

• Kayak and explore the wooded islands, lush inlets, and pristine beaches of Croatia’s stunning coast.

• Set off from Náxos on a daylong sailing excursion, and anchor at secluded beaches and inlets.

ITINERARY DAYS 1–4

I

|

9 DAY S

ATHENS, GREECE/NÁXOS/ MOUNT ZEUS

Arrive in Athens and enjoy a guided walk through the city, followed by a welcome dinner. Spend the next morning at the hilltop complex of the Acropolis. Explore the Parthenon, the New Acropolis Museum, and the Panathenaic Stadium. Then travel by ferry to the lush island of Náxos, the largest of the Cyclades. Take to the sea on a sailing excursion, exploring secluded beaches and tiny islands. Next, hike from the foot of Mount Zeus (3,290'), passing ancient stone walls and olive groves to reach the rocky summit. Transfer to Apiranthos for lunch and a free afternoon. Take an evening stroll through the town of Náxos. Electra Palace Hotel; Porto Náxos Hotel Day 4: 4 miles hiking (4 hours)

I

DAYS 5 AND 6

SANTORINI/AKROTIRI

Catch a ferry to Santorini, an archipelago formed from a volcanic cone that erupted in the second millennium B.C. Hike along the rim of the caldera, following the trail to the bluedomed village of Oia. Explore the town and take in the island sunset. The next morning, discover the ruins of ancient Akrotiri, an important Minoan Bronze Age settlement

I

• Swim in Korčula’s coves, then visit the island’s walled town, a UNESCO World Heritage site.

• Trace the history of legendary civilizations at the Acropolis in Athens and ancient Thíra on Santorini.

• Walk atop Dubrovnik’s ramparts, and explore the white-stone palace of the Roman Emperor Diocletian in Split.

Light

Light/Moderate

ITINERARY

Moderate

Set out in your kayak to explore black lava caves and the lighthouse of Fanari. Paddle to a caldera beach and snorkel or relax before enjoying a picnic lunch overlooking volcanic islands. At Pyrgos, explore labyrinthine streets encircling the ruins of a Venetian castle. Hike to the island’s highest peak, Profítis Ilías (1,857'), home to an 18th-century monastery. Continue on foot to ancient Thíra, a fascinating cluster of Hellenistic, Roman, and Byzantine ruins. Transfer to a nearby beach to swim. Later, fly back to Athens for a farewell dinner, and depart the following day.

Light or Moderate

(Lindblad and Scenic Expeditions Only)

Rocabella Santorini Resort and Spa; Electra Palace Hotel Day 7: 6 miles paddling (4 hours); Day 8: 4–5 miles hiking (3 hours)

DAT E S

COST

This trip is suitable for beginner and expert kayakers; no previous experience is needed. We will paddle stable, two-person kayaks for an average of 4 Moderate/Strenuous Strenuous hours per day (6 miles), andMaximum will hike 3–5 hours per day (up to 5 miles) on moderate to steep grades at low elevations. While kayaking, boat support will not be available.

2018:

2019:

May 19–27 June 16–24 June 23–July 1 Sept. 8–16 Sept. 22–30

June 15–23 June 22–30 Sept. 7–15

2018:

2019:

$6,595

$6,795

DAYS 3 AND 4

I

HVAR/PAKLENI ISLANDS/BRAČ

Hotel Adriana Day 3: 5 miles paddling (4 hours); Day 4: 6 miles hiking (3 hours)

ACCO M M O DAT I O N S We will stay eight nights in very comfortable, well-appointed hotels with many amenities.

DAYS 5 AND 6

I

KORČULA/PELJEŠAC PENINSULA

Cruise to Korčula Island, passing craggy cliffs, and swim in the sapphire-blue Adriatic. Hike to the home of a producer of Korčula’s renowned Pošip white wine. After another short hike, I N F O R M AT I O N enjoy lunch and explore the medieval city of Our hikes range from 1–3 hours (4–6 Activity Level Korčula, thought by some to be Marco Polo’s miles) on good trails. On the kayaking birthplace. Next, head to Orebič, home to some excursion, we will be paddling stable, two-person sit-on-top kayaks of Croatia’s best red wine, oranges, pomegranModerate Moderate/Strenuous Strenuous Light Light/Moderate for an average of 2–4 hoursMaximum (5 miles). ates, and figs. Hike to a 15th-century monasThis trip is suitable for beginner and tery, then follow the footpath past stone houses expert kayakers alike; no previous and ancient chapels to the coast for a swim.Light or Moderate experience is necessary. Visit a traditional tavern to taste homemade 2018: DAT E S salamis, bread, and freshly caught fish. June 3–10 Sept. 1–8 Hotel Indijan June 11–18 Sept. 8–15 Day 5: 4 miles hiking (2 hours); (Lindblad and Scenic Expeditions Only)

Kayak in the Pakleni Islands, pausing to enjoy a beach picnic. Tour the charming town of Hvar, then visit Brač Island, famous for its white limestone used since ancient Roman times. Our private boat anchors in the hidden bay of Blaca. From here, hike up to the 450-year-old hermitage and feast on local specialties. Continue to the top of Vidova Gora, the highest peak in the Dalmatian islands.

Maximum group size: 16

I

SPLIT, CROATIA/HVAR

Cornaro Hotel; Hotel Adriana Day 2: 6 miles hiking (3 hours)

Prices are per person, double occupancy. For a single room, add $950 in 2018 and $1,100 in 2019. Airfare to/from Athens and within Greece is not included in the cost. The group flight within Greece is $350 per person (subject to change). All meals are included between group arrival and departure.

CALL 1-888-689-2557 OR VISIT NATGEOEXPEDITIONS.COM/ACTIVE

8 DAY S

Arrive in Split and gather for a tour of the Roman-era palace of Diocletian, exploring this beguiling maze of marble streets, churches, and fortified walls. The next day, take a boat to Hvar, an island of vineyards, limestone cliffs, and emerald-green coves. Explore small villages and join a local artist on her estate for an olive oil tasting. Hike across the island to the deserted stone village of Malo Grablje.

I N F O R M AT I O N Activity Level

|

I

DAYS 1­AND 2

DAYS 7, 8, AND 9 I SANTORINI/ ANCIENT THÍRA/ATHENS

Above: A hiker pauses to take in the view from a rocky perch in Santorini.

20

• Explore whitewashed villages and volcanic seascapes while kayaking Santorini’s coast.

that was buried by ash following a volcanic eruption sometime between 1627 and 1600 B.C. Then gear up for a leisurely kayak excursion. After an introductory lesson for beginners, set out from Akrotiri Beach and round the dramatic crags on the southwest coast. Stop to snorkel within view of the crimson cliffs of Red Beach. Rocabella Santorini Resort and Spa Day 5: 5 miles hiking (3 hours); Day 6: 6 miles paddling (4 hours)

• Climb Vidova Gora, the highest peak on the Adriatic.

Day 6: 4 miles hiking (2–3 hours)

DAYS 7 AND 8

I

STON/DUBROVNIK

Visit a family of oyster farmers in Ston. As a grand finale, explore Dubrovnik, a major maritime power in the 14th century, with marble streets and baroque architecture surrounded by medieval walls. Enjoy a farewell dinner on our final night. Grand Villa Argentina Day 7: 4 miles hiking (1–2 hours)

COST

$5,195

Price is per person, double occupancy. For a single room, add $1,200. Airfare to Split and return from Dubrovnik is not included in the cost. All meals are included between group arrival and departure, with the exception of dinner on Day 4.

Maximum group size: 16

ACCO M M O DAT I O N S We will stay seven nights in a combination of quaint inns and larger, comfortable hotels. All lodging is conveniently located near each day’s activities.

Above: Fishing boats moored in the crystal clear waters of Hvar’s Harbor.

I

CALL 1-888-689-2557 OR VISIT NATGEOEXPEDITIONS.COM/ACTIVE

I

21


SLOV E N IA: H IKING THE JULIAN ALPS AN D B E YOND

VI EN N A TO P R AG UE H I K I N G A DV E N T U R E

TRIP HIGHLIGHTS

TRIP HIGHLIGHTS

• Hike through rolling vineyards, medieval villages and alpine scenery in Slovenia, Italy, and Austria.

• Hike the limestone hills of Pálava, part of a UNESCO Biosphere Reserve, and explore the richly designed landscapes of the LedniceValtice area.

• Taste the culinary creations of celebrity chef Ana Ros during a stay at her hotel in Slovenia’s Soča Valley, and set out into the countryside to sample local cheeses and wines.

• Sample Moravia’s renowned wines and discover its enchanting villages, estates, and castles on foot.

• Explore the shores of stunning Lake Bohinj on foot, and hop into a traditional pletna boat to visit the picturesque church on an island in the center of Lake Bled.

• Stroll amid ponds and pine forests in southern Bohemia. • Encounter an array of UNESCO World Heritage sites, from Renaissance Telč to fairytale-like Český Krumlov.

• Summit Austria’s Mount Dobratsch to visit two of Europe’s highest churches .

ITINERARY DAYS 1, 2, AND 3

|

I

9 DAY S

LJUBLJANA, SLOVENIA/LAKE BLED

Arrive in Ljubljana and venture into the Julian Alps, stopping to explore the plunging Vintgar Gorge. Continue to picturesque Lake Bled and hike to the clifftop Bled Castle. Enjoy a walk along the Mostnica River, and picnic on the shores of Lake Bohinj. Take a gondola to the summit of Mount Vogel, and ride a traditional pletna boat to the 17th-century Church of the Assumption, perched on a tiny island in Lake Bled. Hotel Cubo; Hotel Triglav Bled Day 2: 6–7 miles hiking (4 hours); Day 3: 8 miles hiking (4–5 hours)

DAYS 6 AND 7 I MOUNT MONTASIO, ITALY/SOČA VALLEY, SLOVENIA

Travel into Italy for a hike along the base of Mount Montasio, where we meet local shepherds to sample their culinary specialties. Continue to Slovenia’s Soča Valley, the setting for the fierce battles of World War I’s Isonzo Front, and trace this turbulent history at the Kobarid Museum. Settle into our hotel, the countryside villa of world-famous chef Ana Ros. The next day, hike to the summit of Mount Matajur, and then follow the Goriška Brda wine route, stop-Moderate Light Light/Moderate ping for tastings at local cellars. Hiša Franko Day 6: 6 miles hiking (4–5 hours); Day 7: 3 miles hiking (3 hours)

DAYS 4 AND 5 I SAVA DOLINKA VALLEY/MOUNT DOBRATSCH, AUSTRIA

Journey through the foothills of the mighty Mount Triglav, and hike the mule tracks above the Vršič Pass before descending on foot into the Sava Dolinka Valley. Cross the border into Austria, and climb to the summit of Mount Dobratsch, crowned by two pilgrimage churches—the highest chapels in all of Europe. Along the route, enjoy a traditional Austrian kaiserrscmarn meal. Hotel Skipass Day 4: 7 miles hiking (6 hours); Day 5: 5–6 miles hiking (5 hours)

DAYS 8 AND 9

I

IT I N E R A R Y

Arrive in Vienna and drive into the Czech Republic. Venture into the UNESCO-listed Lednice-Valtice Cultural Landscape, developed by the dukes of Liechtenstein beginning in the 17th century. Explore the baroque-style Chateau Valtice, then enjoy a wine tasting and a warm-up hike. Next, set out on foot from Valtice to Lednice. Tour Chateau Lednice before transferring to picturesque Mikulov. In the hills of Pálava, discover the archaeological riches of Dolní Věstonice and the winemaking village of Pavlov, and hike along the sunny slopes.

I N F O R M AT I O N Activity Level

Moderate/Strenuous

Light or Moderate

We will hike 1–4 hours per day (1–8 miles) on moderate grades and at elevations ranging from 900 feet to a maximum of 5,500 feet. Strenuous

Maximum

2018: June 14–22 Aug. 30–Sept. 7 Sept. 13–21

(Lindblad and Scenic Expeditions Only)

SOČA VALLEY/IDRIJA

COST

Hotel Besední Dům; Hotel Galant Day 1: 4 miles hiking (2 hours); Day 2: 8 miles hiking (4 hours); Day 3: 8 miles hiking (4 hours)

$5,395

Price is per person, double occupancy. For a single room, add $1,200. Airfare to/from Ljubljana is not included in the cost. All meals are included between group arrival and departure.

DAYS 4 AND 5 I ČÍŽOV/VRANOV/TELČ/ SLAVONICE/JINDŘICHŮV HRADEC

Maximum group size: 16

Our next adventure begins in the hamlet of Čížov in Podyjí National Park. Hike down to the Dyje River and cross into the Austrian village of Hardegg, where we’ll sample local strudel. Hike back into Bohemia and tour the cliff-top castle at Vranov nad Dyjí before driving to Telč. Explore Telč’s historic center, a World Heritage

ACCO M M O DAT I O N S We will stay eight nights in comfortable hotels and inns that are well situated for each day’s activities.

Hotel Kenda Dvorec Day 8: 6 miles hiking (4–5 hours)

I

site, and continue south to Slavonice, viewing the sgraffito etched into the town’s Renaissance façades. Hike into the countryside, encountering remnants of World War II fortifications on our way to Landštejn Castle. Hotel U Hrabenky or Hotel Celerin; Hotel Concertino Day 4: 6 miles hiking (3–4 hours); Day 5: 7 miles hiking (3–4 hours)

I N F O R M AT I O N Activity Level

DAYS 6–9 I JINDŘICHŮV HRADEC/ TŘEBOŇ/ČESKÝ KRUMLOV/PRAGUE Light

Light/Moderate

Explore Jindřichův Hradec’s lakeside chateau and medieval Třeboň, surrounded by a UNESCO Biosphere Reserve of canals and fishLight or Moderate ponds. Visit the neo-Gothic tomb chapel of the Schwarzenberg family, then hike through the Bohemian landscape to Kojákovice. In Český Krumlov, explore the town’s massive castle, which houses a baroque theater and lavish palaces and courts. Transfer to Zlatá Koruna and hike to the highest peak in the Blanský Forest Nature Reserve. Alternatively, ride a cable car to the summit and hike back down. Visit the village of Holašovice or medieval Tábor (time permitting) on the drive to Prague for our farewell dinner. The following morning, explore Prague’s Old Town and hilltop castle complex before transferring to the airport.

Moderate

We will be walking 2–5 hours per day (4–10 miles) on moderate to steep grades at low elevations. During hikes, vehicle support is provided at various Moderate/Strenuous Maximum points alongStrenuous the way.

DAT E S

(Lindblad and Scenic Expeditions Only)

Hotel Bellevue; Hotel Constans or Hotel Adria Day 6: 9 miles hiking (4 hours); Day 7: 10 miles hiking (4–5 hours)

COST

2018:

2019:

June 7–15 July 5–13 Sept. 13–21 Oct. 11–19

May 14–22 June 11–19 Sept. 10–18 Oct. 8–16

2018:

2019:

$4,795

$4,995

Prices are per person, double occupancy. For a single room, add $700. Airfare to Vienna and return from Prague is not included in the cost. All meals are included between group arrival and departure.

Maximum group size: 16

ACCO M M O DAT I O N S We will stay eight nights in comfortable hotels chosen for their charm and access to our daily activities. While some inns are simple, all lodgings in the countryside are the best available options in the towns we visit.

Above: Český Krumlov is one of the world’s best-preserved medieval cities..

Above: A hiker pauses among the lush scenery of Vintgar Gorge.

22

9 DAY S

DAYS 1­, 2, AND 3 I VIENNA, AUSTRIA/ VALTICE, CZECH REPUBLIC/MIKULOV/ PÁLAVA HILLS

DAT E S

Travel along the region’s cheese trail and meet cheesemongers to learn about the production process and enjoy some samples. Continue to Idrija, home to one of the world’s largest mercury mines. Meet a local artisan for an introduction to bobbin lace—a centuries-old craft. Hike along a remote trail to the Franja Partisan Hospital, a cluster of World War II hospital buildings hidden in the nearly impassable Pasica Gorge. Later, visit a traditional mining house for our farewell lunch before returning to Ljubljana for flights home.

|

CALL 1-888-689-2557 OR VISIT NATGEOEXPEDITIONS.COM/ACTIVE

I

I

CALL 1-888-689-2557 OR VISIT NATGEOEXPEDITIONS.COM/ACTIVE

I

23


SLOV E N IA: H IKING THE JULIAN ALPS AN D B E YOND

VI EN N A TO P R AG UE H I K I N G A DV E N T U R E

TRIP HIGHLIGHTS

TRIP HIGHLIGHTS

• Hike through rolling vineyards, medieval villages and alpine scenery in Slovenia, Italy, and Austria.

• Hike the limestone hills of Pálava, part of a UNESCO Biosphere Reserve, and explore the richly designed landscapes of the LedniceValtice area.

• Taste the culinary creations of celebrity chef Ana Ros during a stay at her hotel in Slovenia’s Soča Valley, and set out into the countryside to sample local cheeses and wines.

• Sample Moravia’s renowned wines and discover its enchanting villages, estates, and castles on foot.

• Explore the shores of stunning Lake Bohinj on foot, and hop into a traditional pletna boat to visit the picturesque church on an island in the center of Lake Bled.

• Stroll amid ponds and pine forests in southern Bohemia. • Encounter an array of UNESCO World Heritage sites, from Renaissance Telč to fairytale-like Český Krumlov.

• Summit Austria’s Mount Dobratsch to visit two of Europe’s highest churches .

ITINERARY DAYS 1, 2, AND 3

|

I

9 DAY S

LJUBLJANA, SLOVENIA/LAKE BLED

Arrive in Ljubljana and venture into the Julian Alps, stopping to explore the plunging Vintgar Gorge. Continue to picturesque Lake Bled and hike to the clifftop Bled Castle. Enjoy a walk along the Mostnica River, and picnic on the shores of Lake Bohinj. Take a gondola to the summit of Mount Vogel, and ride a traditional pletna boat to the 17th-century Church of the Assumption, perched on a tiny island in Lake Bled. Hotel Cubo; Hotel Triglav Bled Day 2: 6–7 miles hiking (4 hours); Day 3: 8 miles hiking (4–5 hours)

DAYS 6 AND 7 I MOUNT MONTASIO, ITALY/SOČA VALLEY, SLOVENIA

Travel into Italy for a hike along the base of Mount Montasio, where we meet local shepherds to sample their culinary specialties. Continue to Slovenia’s Soča Valley, the setting for the fierce battles of World War I’s Isonzo Front, and trace this turbulent history at the Kobarid Museum. Settle into our hotel, the countryside villa of world-famous chef Ana Ros. The next day, hike to the summit of Mount Matajur, and then follow the Goriška Brda wine route, stop-Moderate Light Light/Moderate ping for tastings at local cellars. Hiša Franko Day 6: 6 miles hiking (4–5 hours); Day 7: 3 miles hiking (3 hours)

DAYS 4 AND 5 I SAVA DOLINKA VALLEY/MOUNT DOBRATSCH, AUSTRIA

Journey through the foothills of the mighty Mount Triglav, and hike the mule tracks above the Vršič Pass before descending on foot into the Sava Dolinka Valley. Cross the border into Austria, and climb to the summit of Mount Dobratsch, crowned by two pilgrimage churches—the highest chapels in all of Europe. Along the route, enjoy a traditional Austrian kaiserrscmarn meal. Hotel Skipass Day 4: 7 miles hiking (6 hours); Day 5: 5–6 miles hiking (5 hours)

DAYS 8 AND 9

I

IT I N E R A R Y

Arrive in Vienna and drive into the Czech Republic. Venture into the UNESCO-listed Lednice-Valtice Cultural Landscape, developed by the dukes of Liechtenstein beginning in the 17th century. Explore the baroque-style Chateau Valtice, then enjoy a wine tasting and a warm-up hike. Next, set out on foot from Valtice to Lednice. Tour Chateau Lednice before transferring to picturesque Mikulov. In the hills of Pálava, discover the archaeological riches of Dolní Věstonice and the winemaking village of Pavlov, and hike along the sunny slopes.

I N F O R M AT I O N Activity Level

Moderate/Strenuous

Light or Moderate

We will hike 1–4 hours per day (1–8 miles) on moderate grades and at elevations ranging from 900 feet to a maximum of 5,500 feet. Strenuous

Maximum

2018: June 14–22 Aug. 30–Sept. 7 Sept. 13–21

(Lindblad and Scenic Expeditions Only)

SOČA VALLEY/IDRIJA

COST

Hotel Besední Dům; Hotel Galant Day 1: 4 miles hiking (2 hours); Day 2: 8 miles hiking (4 hours); Day 3: 8 miles hiking (4 hours)

$5,395

Price is per person, double occupancy. For a single room, add $1,200. Airfare to/from Ljubljana is not included in the cost. All meals are included between group arrival and departure.

DAYS 4 AND 5 I ČÍŽOV/VRANOV/TELČ/ SLAVONICE/JINDŘICHŮV HRADEC

Maximum group size: 16

Our next adventure begins in the hamlet of Čížov in Podyjí National Park. Hike down to the Dyje River and cross into the Austrian village of Hardegg, where we’ll sample local strudel. Hike back into Bohemia and tour the cliff-top castle at Vranov nad Dyjí before driving to Telč. Explore Telč’s historic center, a World Heritage

ACCO M M O DAT I O N S We will stay eight nights in comfortable hotels and inns that are well situated for each day’s activities.

Hotel Kenda Dvorec Day 8: 6 miles hiking (4–5 hours)

I

site, and continue south to Slavonice, viewing the sgraffito etched into the town’s Renaissance façades. Hike into the countryside, encountering remnants of World War II fortifications on our way to Landštejn Castle. Hotel U Hrabenky or Hotel Celerin; Hotel Concertino Day 4: 6 miles hiking (3–4 hours); Day 5: 7 miles hiking (3–4 hours)

I N F O R M AT I O N Activity Level

DAYS 6–9 I JINDŘICHŮV HRADEC/ TŘEBOŇ/ČESKÝ KRUMLOV/PRAGUE Light

Light/Moderate

Explore Jindřichův Hradec’s lakeside chateau and medieval Třeboň, surrounded by a UNESCO Biosphere Reserve of canals and fishLight or Moderate ponds. Visit the neo-Gothic tomb chapel of the Schwarzenberg family, then hike through the Bohemian landscape to Kojákovice. In Český Krumlov, explore the town’s massive castle, which houses a baroque theater and lavish palaces and courts. Transfer to Zlatá Koruna and hike to the highest peak in the Blanský Forest Nature Reserve. Alternatively, ride a cable car to the summit and hike back down. Visit the village of Holašovice or medieval Tábor (time permitting) on the drive to Prague for our farewell dinner. The following morning, explore Prague’s Old Town and hilltop castle complex before transferring to the airport.

Moderate

We will be walking 2–5 hours per day (4–10 miles) on moderate to steep grades at low elevations. During hikes, vehicle support is provided at various Moderate/Strenuous Maximum points alongStrenuous the way.

DAT E S

(Lindblad and Scenic Expeditions Only)

Hotel Bellevue; Hotel Constans or Hotel Adria Day 6: 9 miles hiking (4 hours); Day 7: 10 miles hiking (4–5 hours)

COST

2018:

2019:

June 7–15 July 5–13 Sept. 13–21 Oct. 11–19

May 14–22 June 11–19 Sept. 10–18 Oct. 8–16

2018:

2019:

$4,795

$4,995

Prices are per person, double occupancy. For a single room, add $700. Airfare to Vienna and return from Prague is not included in the cost. All meals are included between group arrival and departure.

Maximum group size: 16

ACCO M M O DAT I O N S We will stay eight nights in comfortable hotels chosen for their charm and access to our daily activities. While some inns are simple, all lodgings in the countryside are the best available options in the towns we visit.

Above: Český Krumlov is one of the world’s best-preserved medieval cities..

Above: A hiker pauses among the lush scenery of Vintgar Gorge.

22

9 DAY S

DAYS 1­, 2, AND 3 I VIENNA, AUSTRIA/ VALTICE, CZECH REPUBLIC/MIKULOV/ PÁLAVA HILLS

DAT E S

Travel along the region’s cheese trail and meet cheesemongers to learn about the production process and enjoy some samples. Continue to Idrija, home to one of the world’s largest mercury mines. Meet a local artisan for an introduction to bobbin lace—a centuries-old craft. Hike along a remote trail to the Franja Partisan Hospital, a cluster of World War II hospital buildings hidden in the nearly impassable Pasica Gorge. Later, visit a traditional mining house for our farewell lunch before returning to Ljubljana for flights home.

|

CALL 1-888-689-2557 OR VISIT NATGEOEXPEDITIONS.COM/ACTIVE

I

I

CALL 1-888-689-2557 OR VISIT NATGEOEXPEDITIONS.COM/ACTIVE

I

23


I C ELA N D WI N TER : S N OWS H O E I N G A N D H I K I N G A DVEN TUR E

IC E L A ND H IKING ADVEN TURE TRIP HIGHLIGHTS

TRIP HIGHLIGHTS

• Trek atop a tongue of the massive Vatnajökull glacier, and ride a boat among the icebergs of Jökulsárlón glacial lagoon.

• See the northern lights at their brightest, far from civilization’s glow (weather permitting). • Hike the lava fields and coastal trails of the Snæfellsnes Peninsula, and descend into an 8,000-year-old lava tube.

• Climb a black-sand slope to the headland of Ingólfshöfdi, a private nature reserve where Iceland’s first settlers landed.

• Don snowshoes and hike to the massive Dettifoss falls, considered Europe’s most powerful waterfall.

• Explore bubbling mud pots, steaming fumaroles, and lava castles around Lake Mývatn, and climb the volcanic landscapes of Laki.

• Experience volcanism, witnessing the otherworldly lava formations of Lake Mývatn and the geothermal wonders of the Golden Circle.

• Hike up Reynisfjall mountain, one of the most beautiful coastal walks in southern Iceland.

ITINERARY DAYS 1 AND 2

I

|

1 0 DAY S

REYKJAVÍK, ICELAND/ GOLDEN CIRCLE

Arrive in Reykjavík and transfer to our hotel, then take a guided walk of the city. Drive to Thingvellir National Park the next day, and hike along Lake Thingvallavatn. See the site of the world’s oldest extant parliament, visit the geothermal area of Geysir, and admire the massive double-cascade Gullfoss. Canopy by Hilton; Hotel Rangá or Fosshotel Hekla Day 2: 3–4 miles hiking (2–3 hours)

DAYS 3 AND 4 I LEYJAFJALLAJÖKULL/ REYNISFJALL/VÍK/LAKI VOLCANO

Drive toward the mighty Eyjafjallajökull volcano, stopping at the Seljalandsfoss waterfall and Þorvaldseyri farm to learn how the locals have adapted to living next to an active volcano. Visit the black-sand beach of Reynisfjara, then hike up and over the Reynisfjall mountain to the village of Vík. In the southern highlands, walk across the Eldhraun lava field, climb to the top of the Laki volcano, and explore Tjarnargígur crater. Icelandair Hotel Vík; Hotel Laki Day 3: 3–5 miles hiking (3–4 hours); Day 4: 2–4 miles hiking (2–3 hours)

DAYS 5 AND 6 I VATNAJÖKULL NATIONAL PARK/INGÓLFSHÖFÐI HEADLAND/JÖKULSÁRLÓN

ITINERARY

Learn about the creation of Vatnajökull, Europe’s largest national park. Trek across Svínafellsjökull, the tongue of one of Europe’s largest glaciers. Hike up to the Svartifoss waterfall, walk the isolated Ingólfshöfdi headland, and explore the spectacular Jökulsárlón glacial lagoon by boat. Fosshotel Glacier Lagoon; Fosshotel Light Vatnajokull or Hotel Jökull Day 5: 6 miles hiking (3–4 hours); Day 6: 2–3 miles hiking (1 hour)

DAYS 7–10 I HÖFN/LAKE MÝVATN/ NÁMASKARÐ/DIMMUBORGIR/ REYKJAVÍK

Fosshotel Mývatn or Fosshotel Húsavík; Canopy by Hilton Day 8: 6 miles hiking (4–5 hours); Day 9: 5–6 miles hiking (4 hours)

Arrive in Reykjavík and delve into this colorful capital on a guided tour through the Old Town. Then fly north to Akureyri and head to one of Iceland’s most geologically active areas at Lake Mývatn. Explore the Skútustaða pseudo craters on the lake’s southern shore, then visit the otherworldly black lava towers of Dimmuborgir. Later, climb Hverfjall crater (conditions permitting). Visit Krafla geothermal power plant and learn how the Earth’s energy is converted to green power. Conditions permitting, don snowshoes for a trek to Víti crater, a water-filled caldera measuring nearly 1,000 feet across. Continue trekking to Leirhnjukur crater, a spectacular geothermal area. Then head further east to the mighty Dettifoss waterfall, where we snowshoe down to the edge of the falls.

I N F O R M AT I O N Activity Level

Moderate

Light or Moderate

We will be hiking 2–6 hours per day (2–6 miles) on moderate to steep grades, in variable weather conditions. Most days will have options for more, or less, Moderate/Strenuous Maximum hiking. DuringStrenuous hikes, vehicle support is provided on most days, except while in the national parks. Some long transfers will be required.

(Lindblad and Scenic Expeditions Only)

DAT E S

2018: July 6–15 July 27–Aug. 5 Aug. 3–12

COST

Aug. 17–26 Aug. 31–Sept. 9 Sept. 7–16

$8,995

Price is per person, double occupancy. For a single room, add $2,000. Airfare to/from Reykjavík and within Iceland are not included in the cost. The group flight within Iceland is $500 per person (subject to change). All meals are included between group arrival and departure, with the exception of lunch on Day 1 and dinner on Day 6.

Canopy by Hilton; Hotel Laxá Day 2: 5 miles hiking/snowshoeing (3 hours); Day 3: 4 miles hiking/snowshoeing (2–3 hours)

DAYS 4, 5, AND 6 I SNÆFELLSNES PENINSULA/GOLDEN CIRCLE

Maximum group size: 16

ACCO M M O DAT I O N S

Fly back to Reykjavík and travel overland to the Snæfellsnes peninsula. Weather permitting, this remote area offers the best opportunities to see the northern lights. Our exploration

We will stay nine nights in ideally located hotels. While Iceland hotels tend to be on the small side, all lodgings are comfortable and conveniently located near each day’s activities.

I

begins with a hike to Búðaklettur crater. Enjoy a full day in Snæfellsjökull National Park, a remote, otherworldly landscape with the glacier-capped Snæfellsjökull at its center. Hike the coastline to Hellnar; walk along blackpebble beaches to Dritvík Cove; and descend into Vatnshellir cave, an 8,000-year-old lava I N F O R M AT I O N tube far underground. Next, take a tour of the Golden Circle, starting at Thingvellir National Depending on snow conditions, we will eiActivity Level ther be snowshoeing or hiking 1–3 hours Park, a UNESCO World Heritage site. Set out per day (2–5 miles) on moderate grades on a hike along the rift valley to Skogarkot, the at low elevations. No previous experience ruins of an abandoned sheep farm, and Moderate Moderate/Strenuous Strenuous Maximum Light visit Light/Moderate is necessary, although you should have the Althing, the world’s oldest parliament. good balance. Vehicle support is providContinue to Geysir, the hot-water jet stream for ed. Please note that there are some long transfer days. which all other geysers are named, and cap off Light or Moderate the day at the powerful Gullfoss waterfall. 2018: 2019: DAT E S (Lindblad and Scenic Expeditions Only)

Hotel Búdir; Fosshótel Hekla or Icelandair Flúðir Day 4: 4 miles hiking/snowshoeing (2–3 hours); Day 5: 4 miles hiking/caving (4–5 hours); Day 6: 5 miles hiking/showshoeing (3–4 hours)

DAYS 7 AND 8

I

FLUDIR/REYKJAVÍK

Hike to the top of Miðfell, the mountain overlooking Fludir. Later, return to Reykjavík. Have a relaxing soak in the famous Blue Lagoon before transferring to the airport for your flight home. Canopy by Hilton Day 7: 2–3 miles hiking (2 hours)

Nov. 17–24 Dec. 1–8

Feb. 9–16 Mar. 9–16

COST

$7,595

Price is per person, double occupancy. For a single room, add $1,200. Airfare to/from Reykjavík and within Iceland is not included in the cost. The group flights within Iceland are $500 per person (subject to change). All meals are included between group arrival and departure, with the exception of lunch on Day 1.

Maximum group size: 16

ACCO M M O DAT I O N S We will stay seven nights in ideally situated hotels. While Iceland hotels tend to be on the small side, all lodgings are comfortable and conveniently located to each day’s activities.

Above: A hiker encounters a frozen waterfall in Iceland’s highlands.

Above: A hiker marvels at the powerful cascades of Seljalandsfoss.

24

8 DAY S

DAYS 1­, 2, AND 3 I REYKJAVÍK/NORTH ICELAND/LAKE MÝVATN

Light/Moderate

Visit the Gamlabúð Folk Museum; and explore explosive Viti crater, formed in 1724. Then visit Krafla geothermal power plant and learn about this environmentally friendly way of tapping into the Earth’s energy. Head east to the enormous Dettifoss waterfall and hike to the edge of the falls. Delve into Icelandic folklore with a visit to the volcanic wonderland of Dimmuborgir’s “dark castles.” The next day, fly back to Reykjavik. On our way back to the airport, soak in the mineral-rich, turquoise waters of the famous Blue Lagoon.

|

CALL 1-888-689-2557 OR VISIT NATGEOEXPEDITIONS.COM/ACTIVE

I

I

CALL 1-888-689-2557 OR VISIT NATGEOEXPEDITIONS.COM/ACTIVE

I

25


I C ELA N D WI N TER : S N OWS H O E I N G A N D H I K I N G A DVEN TUR E

IC E L A ND H IKING ADVEN TURE TRIP HIGHLIGHTS

TRIP HIGHLIGHTS

• Trek atop a tongue of the massive Vatnajökull glacier, and ride a boat among the icebergs of Jökulsárlón glacial lagoon.

• See the northern lights at their brightest, far from civilization’s glow (weather permitting). • Hike the lava fields and coastal trails of the Snæfellsnes Peninsula, and descend into an 8,000-year-old lava tube.

• Climb a black-sand slope to the headland of Ingólfshöfdi, a private nature reserve where Iceland’s first settlers landed.

• Don snowshoes and hike to the massive Dettifoss falls, considered Europe’s most powerful waterfall.

• Explore bubbling mud pots, steaming fumaroles, and lava castles around Lake Mývatn, and climb the volcanic landscapes of Laki.

• Experience volcanism, witnessing the otherworldly lava formations of Lake Mývatn and the geothermal wonders of the Golden Circle.

• Hike up Reynisfjall mountain, one of the most beautiful coastal walks in southern Iceland.

ITINERARY DAYS 1 AND 2

I

|

1 0 DAY S

REYKJAVÍK, ICELAND/ GOLDEN CIRCLE

Arrive in Reykjavík and transfer to our hotel, then take a guided walk of the city. Drive to Thingvellir National Park the next day, and hike along Lake Thingvallavatn. See the site of the world’s oldest extant parliament, visit the geothermal area of Geysir, and admire the massive double-cascade Gullfoss. Canopy by Hilton; Hotel Rangá or Fosshotel Hekla Day 2: 3–4 miles hiking (2–3 hours)

DAYS 3 AND 4 I LEYJAFJALLAJÖKULL/ REYNISFJALL/VÍK/LAKI VOLCANO

Drive toward the mighty Eyjafjallajökull volcano, stopping at the Seljalandsfoss waterfall and Þorvaldseyri farm to learn how the locals have adapted to living next to an active volcano. Visit the black-sand beach of Reynisfjara, then hike up and over the Reynisfjall mountain to the village of Vík. In the southern highlands, walk across the Eldhraun lava field, climb to the top of the Laki volcano, and explore Tjarnargígur crater. Icelandair Hotel Vík; Hotel Laki Day 3: 3–5 miles hiking (3–4 hours); Day 4: 2–4 miles hiking (2–3 hours)

DAYS 5 AND 6 I VATNAJÖKULL NATIONAL PARK/INGÓLFSHÖFÐI HEADLAND/JÖKULSÁRLÓN

ITINERARY

Learn about the creation of Vatnajökull, Europe’s largest national park. Trek across Svínafellsjökull, the tongue of one of Europe’s largest glaciers. Hike up to the Svartifoss waterfall, walk the isolated Ingólfshöfdi headland, and explore the spectacular Jökulsárlón glacial lagoon by boat. Fosshotel Glacier Lagoon; Fosshotel Light Vatnajokull or Hotel Jökull Day 5: 6 miles hiking (3–4 hours); Day 6: 2–3 miles hiking (1 hour)

DAYS 7–10 I HÖFN/LAKE MÝVATN/ NÁMASKARÐ/DIMMUBORGIR/ REYKJAVÍK

Fosshotel Mývatn or Fosshotel Húsavík; Canopy by Hilton Day 8: 6 miles hiking (4–5 hours); Day 9: 5–6 miles hiking (4 hours)

Arrive in Reykjavík and delve into this colorful capital on a guided tour through the Old Town. Then fly north to Akureyri and head to one of Iceland’s most geologically active areas at Lake Mývatn. Explore the Skútustaða pseudo craters on the lake’s southern shore, then visit the otherworldly black lava towers of Dimmuborgir. Later, climb Hverfjall crater (conditions permitting). Visit Krafla geothermal power plant and learn how the Earth’s energy is converted to green power. Conditions permitting, don snowshoes for a trek to Víti crater, a water-filled caldera measuring nearly 1,000 feet across. Continue trekking to Leirhnjukur crater, a spectacular geothermal area. Then head further east to the mighty Dettifoss waterfall, where we snowshoe down to the edge of the falls.

I N F O R M AT I O N Activity Level

Moderate

Light or Moderate

We will be hiking 2–6 hours per day (2–6 miles) on moderate to steep grades, in variable weather conditions. Most days will have options for more, or less, Moderate/Strenuous Maximum hiking. DuringStrenuous hikes, vehicle support is provided on most days, except while in the national parks. Some long transfers will be required.

(Lindblad and Scenic Expeditions Only)

DAT E S

2018: July 6–15 July 27–Aug. 5 Aug. 3–12

COST

Aug. 17–26 Aug. 31–Sept. 9 Sept. 7–16

$8,995

Price is per person, double occupancy. For a single room, add $2,000. Airfare to/from Reykjavík and within Iceland are not included in the cost. The group flight within Iceland is $500 per person (subject to change). All meals are included between group arrival and departure, with the exception of lunch on Day 1 and dinner on Day 6.

Canopy by Hilton; Hotel Laxá Day 2: 5 miles hiking/snowshoeing (3 hours); Day 3: 4 miles hiking/snowshoeing (2–3 hours)

DAYS 4, 5, AND 6 I SNÆFELLSNES PENINSULA/GOLDEN CIRCLE

Maximum group size: 16

ACCO M M O DAT I O N S

Fly back to Reykjavík and travel overland to the Snæfellsnes peninsula. Weather permitting, this remote area offers the best opportunities to see the northern lights. Our exploration

We will stay nine nights in ideally located hotels. While Iceland hotels tend to be on the small side, all lodgings are comfortable and conveniently located near each day’s activities.

I

begins with a hike to Búðaklettur crater. Enjoy a full day in Snæfellsjökull National Park, a remote, otherworldly landscape with the glacier-capped Snæfellsjökull at its center. Hike the coastline to Hellnar; walk along blackpebble beaches to Dritvík Cove; and descend into Vatnshellir cave, an 8,000-year-old lava I N F O R M AT I O N tube far underground. Next, take a tour of the Golden Circle, starting at Thingvellir National Depending on snow conditions, we will eiActivity Level ther be snowshoeing or hiking 1–3 hours Park, a UNESCO World Heritage site. Set out per day (2–5 miles) on moderate grades on a hike along the rift valley to Skogarkot, the at low elevations. No previous experience ruins of an abandoned sheep farm, and Moderate Moderate/Strenuous Strenuous Maximum Light visit Light/Moderate is necessary, although you should have the Althing, the world’s oldest parliament. good balance. Vehicle support is providContinue to Geysir, the hot-water jet stream for ed. Please note that there are some long transfer days. which all other geysers are named, and cap off Light or Moderate the day at the powerful Gullfoss waterfall. 2018: 2019: DAT E S (Lindblad and Scenic Expeditions Only)

Hotel Búdir; Fosshótel Hekla or Icelandair Flúðir Day 4: 4 miles hiking/snowshoeing (2–3 hours); Day 5: 4 miles hiking/caving (4–5 hours); Day 6: 5 miles hiking/showshoeing (3–4 hours)

DAYS 7 AND 8

I

FLUDIR/REYKJAVÍK

Hike to the top of Miðfell, the mountain overlooking Fludir. Later, return to Reykjavík. Have a relaxing soak in the famous Blue Lagoon before transferring to the airport for your flight home. Canopy by Hilton Day 7: 2–3 miles hiking (2 hours)

Nov. 17–24 Dec. 1–8

Feb. 9–16 Mar. 9–16

COST

$7,595

Price is per person, double occupancy. For a single room, add $1,200. Airfare to/from Reykjavík and within Iceland is not included in the cost. The group flights within Iceland are $500 per person (subject to change). All meals are included between group arrival and departure, with the exception of lunch on Day 1.

Maximum group size: 16

ACCO M M O DAT I O N S We will stay seven nights in ideally situated hotels. While Iceland hotels tend to be on the small side, all lodgings are comfortable and conveniently located to each day’s activities.

Above: A hiker encounters a frozen waterfall in Iceland’s highlands.

Above: A hiker marvels at the powerful cascades of Seljalandsfoss.

24

8 DAY S

DAYS 1­, 2, AND 3 I REYKJAVÍK/NORTH ICELAND/LAKE MÝVATN

Light/Moderate

Visit the Gamlabúð Folk Museum; and explore explosive Viti crater, formed in 1724. Then visit Krafla geothermal power plant and learn about this environmentally friendly way of tapping into the Earth’s energy. Head east to the enormous Dettifoss waterfall and hike to the edge of the falls. Delve into Icelandic folklore with a visit to the volcanic wonderland of Dimmuborgir’s “dark castles.” The next day, fly back to Reykjavik. On our way back to the airport, soak in the mineral-rich, turquoise waters of the famous Blue Lagoon.

|

CALL 1-888-689-2557 OR VISIT NATGEOEXPEDITIONS.COM/ACTIVE

I

I

CALL 1-888-689-2557 OR VISIT NATGEOEXPEDITIONS.COM/ACTIVE

I

25


S WI TZ ER LA N D : I CO N I C H I K ES O F TH E S WI S S A LP S

SWEDEN: DOGSLEDDING TO THE ICEHOTEL TRIP HIGHLIGHTS

TRIP HIGHLIGHTS

• Drive your own team of huskies on a sledding expedition through the Lapland wilderness.

• Hike in the Bernese Oberland amid soaring peaks, Alpine meadows, and glacial lakes, and explore traditional Swiss villages along the way.

• Relax in cabins ideally situated for the chance to view one of nature’s most dazzling displays: the aurora borealis, or northern lights.

ITINERARY DAYS 1­AND 2

I

|

9 DAY S

STOCKHOLM, SWEDEN

Arrive in Stockholm and gather for a welcome dinner. The next day, explore the city. At the Vasa Museum, examine a 17th-century royal warship that was much celebrated until it sank in front of crowds of onlookers on its maiden voyage. Then stroll the city’s charming streets where regal architecture mixes with a vibrant contemporary culture. First Hotel Reisen

DAYS 3 AND 4 I KIRUNA/ÖVRE SOPPERO/LAKE VÄKKÄRÄ Fly to Sweden’s northernmost city, Kiruna, and explore this outpost in the heart of the Lapland region—a vast wilderness of soaring peaks, ancient forests, and pristine lakes and rivers. Get outfitted for our sledding adventure before heading to Övre Soppero, where we discover the reindeer-herding culture of Lapland’s indigenous people, the Sami. Embark on a sled ride to a nearby lavu, or traditional Sami tepee. Try your hand at ice fishing, and enjoy lunch by a fire. Later, settle into our cabins at Väkkärä Wilderness Lodge. Övre Soppero Homestead; Väkkärä Wilderness Lodge Day 4: 6 miles reindeer sledding (2–3 hours)

DAYS 5 AND 6

I

• Meet a renowned reindeer herder, who will prepare a traditional Sami meal and share stories from his 40-year career.

• Ascend to a summit above Zermatt aboard a cogwheel train for a spectacular hike overlooking the legendary Matterhorn.

• Stay at the famed Icehotel, with the option of sleeping in one of its sculpted ice rooms.

• Follow a scenic trail through one of Switzerland’s oldest wine-producing regions, and enjoy an al fresco wine tasting among the vines.

LAKE VÄKKÄRÄ/ SEVUVUOMA

Meet your team of Alaskan huskies and learn the basics of harnesses, lines, and mushing. Then experience the thrill of driving your own team through snow-clad forests and across frozen lakes and rivers, keeping an eye out for wildlife. At Sevuvuoma Lodge, unwind in the sauna and enjoy a hearty dinner. Head off the next morning on a trail where few travelers have set foot, Moderate LightWilderness Light/Moderate arriving back at Väkkärä Lodge. Meet a renowned reindeer herder, who will prepare a traditional Sami meal. Light or Moderate Lodge Sevuvuoma Lodge; Väkkärä Wilderness Day 5: 18 miles dogsledding (5–6 hours); Day 6: 18 miles dogsledding (5–6 hours) (Lindblad and Scenic Expeditions Only)

DAYS 7, 8, AND 9 I LAKE VÄKKÄRÄ/ JUKKASJÄRVI/STOCKHOLM After a final morning of mushing, transfer to Jukkasjärvi and check into the Icehotel, the world’s largest hotel made solely of snow and ice. Enjoy a farewell dinner and a drink in the famous Icebar. Tonight, sleep in a heated room, or opt for one of the hotel’s Ice suites (at an additional cost), where you are outfitted in a thermal sleeping bag. Return to Kiruna and fly back to Stockholm. Depart the following morning. Icehotel; First Hotel Reisen Day 7: 9–10 miles dogsledding (4–5 hours)

• Trek below the north face of the Eiger, skirting rock walls and hanging glaciers.

ITINERARY

I

9 DAY S

DAYS 1­, 2, AND 3 I GENEVA, SWITZERLAND/GRINDELWALD/ KANDERSTEG Arrive in Geneva and transfer to our hotel in Grindelwald, where we set out on an optional warm-up hike. The next day, ride the cogwheel Jungfrau Railway to our first trailhead. Hike along the base of the infamous north face of the Eiger, and picnic beneath vertical rock walls and hanging glaciers. Next, transfer to the UNESCO World Heritage-listed Lauterbrunnen Valley. Board an aerial tramway to Grütschalp and follow a trail through Alpine pastures and forests, reaching higher altitudes. Explore the enchanting town of Mürren before descending to Gimmelwald.

I N F O R M AT I O N Activity Level

Moderate/Strenuous

DAT E S

While on the dogsledding expedition, we will be mushing for 4–6 hours per day (15–18 miles) on moderate to steep grades. No previous experience is necessary, although have good balance Strenuous you should Maximum and the stamina to endure full days in the snow, and be willing to participate in feeding and harnessing the dogs.

2019: Mar. 1–9 Mar. 8–16

Mar. 15–23 Mar. 22–30

COST

Sunstar Hotel; Belle Epoque Hotel Victoria Day 1: 2–3 hours optional hiking; Day 2: 6–7 miles hiking (4 hours); Day 3: 7 miles hiking (4 hours)

$8,995

Price is per person, double occupancy. For a single room (available only in Stockholm and at the Icehotel), add $1,000. Airfare to/from Stockholm and within Sweden is not included in the cost. The group flight within Sweden is $850 per person (subject to change). Upgrade to an Ice Suite at the Icehotel for an additional fee. All meals are included between group arrival and departure, with the exception of dinner on Day 8.

DAYS 4, 5, AND 6 I KANDERSTEG/ OESCHINEN LAKE/GEMMI PASS/ZERMATT Hike into a beautiful glacial valley, then catch a gondola to Oeschinen Lake. On a short hike, keep an eye out for ibexes, chamois, and marmots. Our next hike takes us across the historic Gemmi Pass and into the canton of Valais, flanked by the peaks of the Weisshorn,

Maximum group size: 15

ACCO M M O DAT I O N S We will stay four nights in rustic homesteads and wilderness cabins, three nights in comfortable hotels, and one night at the Icehotel in the hotel’s warm rooms. Guests may upgrade to an Art Suite cold room for an additional fee.

CALL 1-888-689-2557 OR VISIT NATGEOEXPEDITIONS.COM/ACTIVE

I

Dom, and Matterhorn. Wind our way down to Leukerbad along a cliffside trail, or descend by aerial tram. From Zermatt, embark on a pleasant hike to the foot of the Matterhorn. After descending by gondola, explore the town on your own. Belle Epoque Hotel Victoria; Hotel Alpenhof Day 4: 7 miles hiking (4–5 hours); Day 5: 8 miles hiking (4 hours); Day 6: 8 miles hiking (6 hours)

DAYS 7, 8 AND 9

I

I N F O R M AT I O N

ZERMATT/CHEMIN DU VIGNOBLE/SION Light

We will hike 3 – 6 hours a day (6–8 miles) in an alpine environment across varied terrain with some steep ascents and descents. Participants always have the option to rest a Strenuous day and ride Maximum to the next hotel.

Activity Level

Light/Moderate

Moderate

Ride the Gornergrat Bahn—one of Europe’s Light or Moderate highest cogwheel railways—above Zermatt, then hike to the rocky ridge of Gornergrat. An immense glaciated world opens up before us, with outstanding views of Monte Rosa and the Matterhorn. Descend along the Gorner Glacier and return by cogwheel train. The following day, set out on a leisurely hike along a portion of the Chemin du Vignoble, or “path of the vineyards.” Stop at a winery for lunch and a wine tasting, followed by a visit to Sion and its fortress-like basilica. Gather for a farewell dinner and depart from Geneva the next day.

Moderate/Strenuous

DAT E S

2018: June 30–July 8 July 21–29 Sept. 1–9

(Lindblad and Scenic Expeditions Only)

Hotel Alpenhof; Hôtel des Vignes Day 7: 8 miles hiking (5 hours); Day 8: 5 miles hiking (3 hours)

COST

$7,995

Price is per person, double occupancy. For a single room, add $1,300. Airfare to/from Geneva is not included in the cost. All meals are included between group arrival and departure, with the exception of dinner on Days 2, 6, and 7.

Maximum group size: 16

ACCO M M O DAT I O N S We will stay eight nights in comfortable inns and hotels that are ideallly located to each day’s activities.

Above: Hiking near Zermatt offers spectacular views of the Matterhorn.

Above: A team of huskies leads a sled through Sweden’s Lapland.

26

|

I

CALL 1-888-689-2557 OR VISIT NATGEOEXPEDITIONS.COM/ACTIVE

I

27


S WI TZ ER LA N D : I CO N I C H I K ES O F TH E S WI S S A LP S

SWEDEN: DOGSLEDDING TO THE ICEHOTEL TRIP HIGHLIGHTS

TRIP HIGHLIGHTS

• Drive your own team of huskies on a sledding expedition through the Lapland wilderness.

• Hike in the Bernese Oberland amid soaring peaks, Alpine meadows, and glacial lakes, and explore traditional Swiss villages along the way.

• Relax in cabins ideally situated for the chance to view one of nature’s most dazzling displays: the aurora borealis, or northern lights.

ITINERARY DAYS 1­AND 2

I

|

9 DAY S

STOCKHOLM, SWEDEN

Arrive in Stockholm and gather for a welcome dinner. The next day, explore the city. At the Vasa Museum, examine a 17th-century royal warship that was much celebrated until it sank in front of crowds of onlookers on its maiden voyage. Then stroll the city’s charming streets where regal architecture mixes with a vibrant contemporary culture. First Hotel Reisen

DAYS 3 AND 4 I KIRUNA/ÖVRE SOPPERO/LAKE VÄKKÄRÄ Fly to Sweden’s northernmost city, Kiruna, and explore this outpost in the heart of the Lapland region—a vast wilderness of soaring peaks, ancient forests, and pristine lakes and rivers. Get outfitted for our sledding adventure before heading to Övre Soppero, where we discover the reindeer-herding culture of Lapland’s indigenous people, the Sami. Embark on a sled ride to a nearby lavu, or traditional Sami tepee. Try your hand at ice fishing, and enjoy lunch by a fire. Later, settle into our cabins at Väkkärä Wilderness Lodge. Övre Soppero Homestead; Väkkärä Wilderness Lodge Day 4: 6 miles reindeer sledding (2–3 hours)

DAYS 5 AND 6

I

• Meet a renowned reindeer herder, who will prepare a traditional Sami meal and share stories from his 40-year career.

• Ascend to a summit above Zermatt aboard a cogwheel train for a spectacular hike overlooking the legendary Matterhorn.

• Stay at the famed Icehotel, with the option of sleeping in one of its sculpted ice rooms.

• Follow a scenic trail through one of Switzerland’s oldest wine-producing regions, and enjoy an al fresco wine tasting among the vines.

LAKE VÄKKÄRÄ/ SEVUVUOMA

Meet your team of Alaskan huskies and learn the basics of harnesses, lines, and mushing. Then experience the thrill of driving your own team through snow-clad forests and across frozen lakes and rivers, keeping an eye out for wildlife. At Sevuvuoma Lodge, unwind in the sauna and enjoy a hearty dinner. Head off the next morning on a trail where few travelers have set foot, Moderate LightWilderness Light/Moderate arriving back at Väkkärä Lodge. Meet a renowned reindeer herder, who will prepare a traditional Sami meal. Light or Moderate Lodge Sevuvuoma Lodge; Väkkärä Wilderness Day 5: 18 miles dogsledding (5–6 hours); Day 6: 18 miles dogsledding (5–6 hours) (Lindblad and Scenic Expeditions Only)

DAYS 7, 8, AND 9 I LAKE VÄKKÄRÄ/ JUKKASJÄRVI/STOCKHOLM After a final morning of mushing, transfer to Jukkasjärvi and check into the Icehotel, the world’s largest hotel made solely of snow and ice. Enjoy a farewell dinner and a drink in the famous Icebar. Tonight, sleep in a heated room, or opt for one of the hotel’s Ice suites (at an additional cost), where you are outfitted in a thermal sleeping bag. Return to Kiruna and fly back to Stockholm. Depart the following morning. Icehotel; First Hotel Reisen Day 7: 9–10 miles dogsledding (4–5 hours)

• Trek below the north face of the Eiger, skirting rock walls and hanging glaciers.

ITINERARY

I

9 DAY S

DAYS 1­, 2, AND 3 I GENEVA, SWITZERLAND/GRINDELWALD/ KANDERSTEG Arrive in Geneva and transfer to our hotel in Grindelwald, where we set out on an optional warm-up hike. The next day, ride the cogwheel Jungfrau Railway to our first trailhead. Hike along the base of the infamous north face of the Eiger, and picnic beneath vertical rock walls and hanging glaciers. Next, transfer to the UNESCO World Heritage-listed Lauterbrunnen Valley. Board an aerial tramway to Grütschalp and follow a trail through Alpine pastures and forests, reaching higher altitudes. Explore the enchanting town of Mürren before descending to Gimmelwald.

I N F O R M AT I O N Activity Level

Moderate/Strenuous

DAT E S

While on the dogsledding expedition, we will be mushing for 4–6 hours per day (15–18 miles) on moderate to steep grades. No previous experience is necessary, although have good balance Strenuous you should Maximum and the stamina to endure full days in the snow, and be willing to participate in feeding and harnessing the dogs.

2019: Mar. 1–9 Mar. 8–16

Mar. 15–23 Mar. 22–30

COST

Sunstar Hotel; Belle Epoque Hotel Victoria Day 1: 2–3 hours optional hiking; Day 2: 6–7 miles hiking (4 hours); Day 3: 7 miles hiking (4 hours)

$8,995

Price is per person, double occupancy. For a single room (available only in Stockholm and at the Icehotel), add $1,000. Airfare to/from Stockholm and within Sweden is not included in the cost. The group flight within Sweden is $850 per person (subject to change). Upgrade to an Ice Suite at the Icehotel for an additional fee. All meals are included between group arrival and departure, with the exception of dinner on Day 8.

DAYS 4, 5, AND 6 I KANDERSTEG/ OESCHINEN LAKE/GEMMI PASS/ZERMATT Hike into a beautiful glacial valley, then catch a gondola to Oeschinen Lake. On a short hike, keep an eye out for ibexes, chamois, and marmots. Our next hike takes us across the historic Gemmi Pass and into the canton of Valais, flanked by the peaks of the Weisshorn,

Maximum group size: 15

ACCO M M O DAT I O N S We will stay four nights in rustic homesteads and wilderness cabins, three nights in comfortable hotels, and one night at the Icehotel in the hotel’s warm rooms. Guests may upgrade to an Art Suite cold room for an additional fee.

CALL 1-888-689-2557 OR VISIT NATGEOEXPEDITIONS.COM/ACTIVE

I

Dom, and Matterhorn. Wind our way down to Leukerbad along a cliffside trail, or descend by aerial tram. From Zermatt, embark on a pleasant hike to the foot of the Matterhorn. After descending by gondola, explore the town on your own. Belle Epoque Hotel Victoria; Hotel Alpenhof Day 4: 7 miles hiking (4–5 hours); Day 5: 8 miles hiking (4 hours); Day 6: 8 miles hiking (6 hours)

DAYS 7, 8 AND 9

I

I N F O R M AT I O N

ZERMATT/CHEMIN DU VIGNOBLE/SION Light

We will hike 3 – 6 hours a day (6–8 miles) in an alpine environment across varied terrain with some steep ascents and descents. Participants always have the option to rest a Strenuous day and ride Maximum to the next hotel.

Activity Level

Light/Moderate

Moderate

Ride the Gornergrat Bahn—one of Europe’s Light or Moderate highest cogwheel railways—above Zermatt, then hike to the rocky ridge of Gornergrat. An immense glaciated world opens up before us, with outstanding views of Monte Rosa and the Matterhorn. Descend along the Gorner Glacier and return by cogwheel train. The following day, set out on a leisurely hike along a portion of the Chemin du Vignoble, or “path of the vineyards.” Stop at a winery for lunch and a wine tasting, followed by a visit to Sion and its fortress-like basilica. Gather for a farewell dinner and depart from Geneva the next day.

Moderate/Strenuous

DAT E S

2018: June 30–July 8 July 21–29 Sept. 1–9

(Lindblad and Scenic Expeditions Only)

Hotel Alpenhof; Hôtel des Vignes Day 7: 8 miles hiking (5 hours); Day 8: 5 miles hiking (3 hours)

COST

$7,995

Price is per person, double occupancy. For a single room, add $1,300. Airfare to/from Geneva is not included in the cost. All meals are included between group arrival and departure, with the exception of dinner on Days 2, 6, and 7.

Maximum group size: 16

ACCO M M O DAT I O N S We will stay eight nights in comfortable inns and hotels that are ideallly located to each day’s activities.

Above: Hiking near Zermatt offers spectacular views of the Matterhorn.

Above: A team of huskies leads a sled through Sweden’s Lapland.

26

|

I

CALL 1-888-689-2557 OR VISIT NATGEOEXPEDITIONS.COM/ACTIVE

I

27


HIKING THE NATIONAL PARKS: GLACIER, YELLOWSTONE, AND GRAND TETON

AL A S K A SE A KAYAKIN G ADVEN TU RE TRIP HIGHLIGHTS

TRIP HIGHLIGHTS

• Experience the thunder of calving glaciers on a three-day kayak expedition into Glacier Bay National Park and Preserve.

• Raft down the Middle Fork of the Flathead River through the heart of Glacier National Park. • Walk the boardwalks and hike the trails of Old Faithful to see the geyser’s regular eruptions, and peer into turquoise hot springs nearby.

• Observe humpbacks and porpoises up close while kayaking off Point Adolphus. • Camp in the old-growth rain forest of Tongass National Forest.

• Hike the rim of the Grand Canyon of the Yellowstone and the Highline Trail along the Continental Divide in Glacier National Park.

• Explore the Alaskan frontier town of Gustavus, the gateway to Glacier Bay National Park.

ITINERARY

|

9 DAY S

DAYS 1, 2, AND 3 I JUNEAU, ALASKA/ GUSTAVUS/POINT ADOLPHUS/ CHICHAGOF ISLAND

Arrive in Juneau and take a short air taxi to the small town of Gustavus where we gather for a briefing with our guides and get outfitted for the trip. The following morning, cruise across Icy Strait to Point Adolphus on the northern tip of Chichagof Island. Set up camp in the shelter of the old-growth forest, and then suit up for our first kayak excursion. Skim along the island’s shores, on the lookout for marine life and the bald eagles that are prevalent here. The entire island is part of the 17-million-acre Tongass National Forest. Continue exploring the wild coastline, discovering stunning rock formations, coves, and beaches. Annie Mae Lodge or Glacier Bay Lodge; Camping Day 2: 3–6 miles paddling (3–4 hours); Day 3: 3–6 miles paddling (3–4 hours)

I

DAYS 4 AND 5

GUSTAVUS

After one last morning on Chichagof Island, return to Gustavus by boat and set out on an afternoon hike on a beach created by the retreat of glaciers. Spend the following day hiking and exploring Gustavus. Your guides will share some history of the town and offer an array of activity options for the

afternoon. Enjoy dinner and a talk by National Geographic writer and photographer Kim Heacox (depending on his availability). Annie Mae Lodge or Glacier Bay Lodge Day 4: 2 miles paddling (1–2 hours), 3–5 miles hiking (3 hours); Day 5: 3–5 miles hiking (3 hours)

DAYS 6–9

I

GLACIER BAY NATIONAL PARK AND PRESERVE Light Light/Moderate

Head out on our kayak expedition into Glacier Bay National Park and Preserve. Glide into the Light or Moderate upper reaches of the park on a charter boat, then switch to sea kayaks and paddle off into the pristine wilderness. The park is home to some seven tidewater glaciers, which descend from the surrounding mountains and shed icebergs of all shapes and sizes into the bay. Witness the dramatic sight of glaciers calving huge slabs of ice that crash into the water below. Kayak along sparkling walls of ice and skirt magnificent icebergs. Hike through meadows on the lookout for brown bears, moose, mountain goats, and more. At night, take in a vast sweep of stars. Enjoy a final morning of paddling, then catch the boat back to Gustavus and depart the next day.

ITINERARY

Moderate

(Lindblad and Scenic Expeditions Only)

Camping; Annie Mae Lodge or Glacier Bay Lodge Day 6: 5–8 miles paddling (4 hours); Day 7: 4–7 miles paddling (3–4 hours); Day 8: 1–2 miles paddling (1 hour); Day 9: 1–5 miles optional hiking (1–3 hours)

DAT E S

Arrive in Jackson Hole and transfer to our hotel. Begin the next day with a hike to Taggart Lake in Grand Teton National Park. Then drive north to Yellowstone National Park—America’s first national park, established in 1872. Hike the Shoshone Lake Trail, keeping an eye out for moose and river otters. Explore Midway Geyser Basin, home to the richly hued Grand Prismatic Spring, and witness the eruptions of Old Faithful geyser. At the Grand Canyon of the Yellowstone, witness the powerful Lower Falls from Artist’s Point, then hike the trail to Sublime Point, enjoying dramatic views.

This trip is suitable for beginners and experts alike. No previous sea kayaking experience is necessary. We will paddle stable, two-person kayaks for Moderate/Strenuous Maximum an averageStrenuous of 3–5 hours per day. This is a true wilderness experience with limited facilities while camping. Guests should feel comfortable helping with tent set-up, dish washing, and kayak portaging.

2018: June 30–July 8 July 16–24 Aug. 3–11

COST

The Lexington at Jackson Hole, Gray Wolf Inn, Buck’s T-4 Lodge Day 2: 6–8 miles hiking (4 hours); Day 3: 3–5 miles hiking (2–3 hours)

$4,695

Price is per person, double occupancy. For a single room, add $750. Airfare to/from Juneau and within Alaska is not included in the cost. The group flight within Alaska is $295 per person (subject to change). All meals are included between group arrival and departure.

DAYS 4 AND 5 I GALLATIN RIVER CANYON/ LEWIS AND CLARK CAVERNS STATE PARK/MISSOULA/WHITEFISH

Maximum group size: 10

ACCO M M O DAT I O N S

Drive through southwest Montana and the scenic Gallatin River canyon. Go hiking in Lewis and Clark Caverns State Park, then drive to our hotel in Missoula. Explore Missoula’s river trail system, or set out on a hike up nearby Mount Sentinel.

We will stay four nights in the frontier town of Gustavus. Rooms are simple but clean and conveniently located for our activities. We will camp four nights in the backcountry, sleeping in roomy tents. No showers or flush toilets are available while camping.

Above: Kayakers pause to take in the beauty of Glacier Bay.

28

I

8 DAY S

DAYS 1, 2, AND 3 I JACKSON HOLE, WYOMING/GRAND TETON NATIONAL PARK/YELLOWSTONE NATIONAL PARK

I N F O R M AT I O N Activity Level

|

The next morning, visit one the oldest wildlife refuges in the United States: the National Bison Range. Make our way to Bigfork and go for a hike along the “wild mile” of Swan River. Continue north to Whitefish. Double Tree by Hilton, Missoula Edgewater; Grouse Mountain Lodge Day 5: 1–2 miles hiking (1 hour) Light

Light/Moderate

I N F O R M AT I O N Activity Level

Moderate

DAYS 6, 7, AND 8 I GLACIER NATIONAL PARK/ MIDDLE FORK OF THE FLATHEAD DAT E S RIVER/KALISPELL Light or Moderate

We will hike 1–5 hours per day (1–10 miles) on moderate to steep grades at elevations ranging from 4,000 feet to a maximum of 7,000 feet. We Moderate/Strenuous will raft 2–3Strenuous hours (15 miles)Maximum on Class II and III rapids.

2018:

(Lindblad and Scenic Expeditions Only)

Named for the massive ice floes that carved these valleys roughly 20,000 years ago, Glacier National Park encompasses some 1,800 square miles. Set off on the Trail of the Cedars to Avalanche Lake. Later, take to the waters of the Middle Fork of the Flathead River and paddle Class II and III rapids, keeping an eye out for wildlife. Experience one of the country’s most scenic drives: Going-to-the-Sun Road, which spans the park from east to west and crosses the Continental Divide. At Logan Pass, set off on the Highline Trail across alpine meadows framed by craggy peaks. Return to Whitefish to celebrate our adventure at a farewell dinner. Depart the next day.

June 23–30 July 7–14 July 21–28 Aug. 25–Sept. 1

COST

$4,895

Price is per person, double occupancy. For a single room, add $1,550. Airfare to Jackson Hole and return from Kalispell is not included in the cost. All meals are included between group arrival and departure, with the exception of lunch on Day 5.

Maximum group size: 16

ACCO M M O DAT I O N S We will stay seven nights in hotels and lodges that are ideally situated for each day’s activities. Often our lodging is simple, but comfortable.

Grouse Mountain Lodge Day 6: 4–5 miles hiking (2–3 hours), 15 miles rafting on Class II and III rapids (5 hours); Day 7: 6–10 miles hiking (3–5 hours)

Above: A hiker pauses along the Highline Trail of Glacier National Park. CALL 1-888-689-2557 OR VISIT NATGEOEXPEDITIONS.COM/ACTIVE

I

I

CALL 1-888-689-2557 OR VISIT NATGEOEXPEDITIONS.COM/ACTIVE

I

29


HIKING THE NATIONAL PARKS: GLACIER, YELLOWSTONE, AND GRAND TETON

AL A S K A SE A KAYAKIN G ADVEN TU RE TRIP HIGHLIGHTS

TRIP HIGHLIGHTS

• Experience the thunder of calving glaciers on a three-day kayak expedition into Glacier Bay National Park and Preserve.

• Raft down the Middle Fork of the Flathead River through the heart of Glacier National Park. • Walk the boardwalks and hike the trails of Old Faithful to see the geyser’s regular eruptions, and peer into turquoise hot springs nearby.

• Observe humpbacks and porpoises up close while kayaking off Point Adolphus. • Camp in the old-growth rain forest of Tongass National Forest.

• Hike the rim of the Grand Canyon of the Yellowstone and the Highline Trail along the Continental Divide in Glacier National Park.

• Explore the Alaskan frontier town of Gustavus, the gateway to Glacier Bay National Park.

ITINERARY

|

9 DAY S

DAYS 1, 2, AND 3 I JUNEAU, ALASKA/ GUSTAVUS/POINT ADOLPHUS/ CHICHAGOF ISLAND

Arrive in Juneau and take a short air taxi to the small town of Gustavus where we gather for a briefing with our guides and get outfitted for the trip. The following morning, cruise across Icy Strait to Point Adolphus on the northern tip of Chichagof Island. Set up camp in the shelter of the old-growth forest, and then suit up for our first kayak excursion. Skim along the island’s shores, on the lookout for marine life and the bald eagles that are prevalent here. The entire island is part of the 17-million-acre Tongass National Forest. Continue exploring the wild coastline, discovering stunning rock formations, coves, and beaches. Annie Mae Lodge or Glacier Bay Lodge; Camping Day 2: 3–6 miles paddling (3–4 hours); Day 3: 3–6 miles paddling (3–4 hours)

I

DAYS 4 AND 5

GUSTAVUS

After one last morning on Chichagof Island, return to Gustavus by boat and set out on an afternoon hike on a beach created by the retreat of glaciers. Spend the following day hiking and exploring Gustavus. Your guides will share some history of the town and offer an array of activity options for the

afternoon. Enjoy dinner and a talk by National Geographic writer and photographer Kim Heacox (depending on his availability). Annie Mae Lodge or Glacier Bay Lodge Day 4: 2 miles paddling (1–2 hours), 3–5 miles hiking (3 hours); Day 5: 3–5 miles hiking (3 hours)

DAYS 6–9

I

GLACIER BAY NATIONAL PARK AND PRESERVE Light Light/Moderate

Head out on our kayak expedition into Glacier Bay National Park and Preserve. Glide into the Light or Moderate upper reaches of the park on a charter boat, then switch to sea kayaks and paddle off into the pristine wilderness. The park is home to some seven tidewater glaciers, which descend from the surrounding mountains and shed icebergs of all shapes and sizes into the bay. Witness the dramatic sight of glaciers calving huge slabs of ice that crash into the water below. Kayak along sparkling walls of ice and skirt magnificent icebergs. Hike through meadows on the lookout for brown bears, moose, mountain goats, and more. At night, take in a vast sweep of stars. Enjoy a final morning of paddling, then catch the boat back to Gustavus and depart the next day.

ITINERARY

Moderate

(Lindblad and Scenic Expeditions Only)

Camping; Annie Mae Lodge or Glacier Bay Lodge Day 6: 5–8 miles paddling (4 hours); Day 7: 4–7 miles paddling (3–4 hours); Day 8: 1–2 miles paddling (1 hour); Day 9: 1–5 miles optional hiking (1–3 hours)

DAT E S

Arrive in Jackson Hole and transfer to our hotel. Begin the next day with a hike to Taggart Lake in Grand Teton National Park. Then drive north to Yellowstone National Park—America’s first national park, established in 1872. Hike the Shoshone Lake Trail, keeping an eye out for moose and river otters. Explore Midway Geyser Basin, home to the richly hued Grand Prismatic Spring, and witness the eruptions of Old Faithful geyser. At the Grand Canyon of the Yellowstone, witness the powerful Lower Falls from Artist’s Point, then hike the trail to Sublime Point, enjoying dramatic views.

This trip is suitable for beginners and experts alike. No previous sea kayaking experience is necessary. We will paddle stable, two-person kayaks for Moderate/Strenuous Maximum an averageStrenuous of 3–5 hours per day. This is a true wilderness experience with limited facilities while camping. Guests should feel comfortable helping with tent set-up, dish washing, and kayak portaging.

2018: June 30–July 8 July 16–24 Aug. 3–11

COST

The Lexington at Jackson Hole, Gray Wolf Inn, Buck’s T-4 Lodge Day 2: 6–8 miles hiking (4 hours); Day 3: 3–5 miles hiking (2–3 hours)

$4,695

Price is per person, double occupancy. For a single room, add $750. Airfare to/from Juneau and within Alaska is not included in the cost. The group flight within Alaska is $295 per person (subject to change). All meals are included between group arrival and departure.

DAYS 4 AND 5 I GALLATIN RIVER CANYON/ LEWIS AND CLARK CAVERNS STATE PARK/MISSOULA/WHITEFISH

Maximum group size: 10

ACCO M M O DAT I O N S

Drive through southwest Montana and the scenic Gallatin River canyon. Go hiking in Lewis and Clark Caverns State Park, then drive to our hotel in Missoula. Explore Missoula’s river trail system, or set out on a hike up nearby Mount Sentinel.

We will stay four nights in the frontier town of Gustavus. Rooms are simple but clean and conveniently located for our activities. We will camp four nights in the backcountry, sleeping in roomy tents. No showers or flush toilets are available while camping.

Above: Kayakers pause to take in the beauty of Glacier Bay.

28

I

8 DAY S

DAYS 1, 2, AND 3 I JACKSON HOLE, WYOMING/GRAND TETON NATIONAL PARK/YELLOWSTONE NATIONAL PARK

I N F O R M AT I O N Activity Level

|

The next morning, visit one the oldest wildlife refuges in the United States: the National Bison Range. Make our way to Bigfork and go for a hike along the “wild mile” of Swan River. Continue north to Whitefish. Double Tree by Hilton, Missoula Edgewater; Grouse Mountain Lodge Day 5: 1–2 miles hiking (1 hour) Light

Light/Moderate

I N F O R M AT I O N Activity Level

Moderate

DAYS 6, 7, AND 8 I GLACIER NATIONAL PARK/ MIDDLE FORK OF THE FLATHEAD DAT E S RIVER/KALISPELL Light or Moderate

We will hike 1–5 hours per day (1–10 miles) on moderate to steep grades at elevations ranging from 4,000 feet to a maximum of 7,000 feet. We Moderate/Strenuous will raft 2–3Strenuous hours (15 miles)Maximum on Class II and III rapids.

2018:

(Lindblad and Scenic Expeditions Only)

Named for the massive ice floes that carved these valleys roughly 20,000 years ago, Glacier National Park encompasses some 1,800 square miles. Set off on the Trail of the Cedars to Avalanche Lake. Later, take to the waters of the Middle Fork of the Flathead River and paddle Class II and III rapids, keeping an eye out for wildlife. Experience one of the country’s most scenic drives: Going-to-the-Sun Road, which spans the park from east to west and crosses the Continental Divide. At Logan Pass, set off on the Highline Trail across alpine meadows framed by craggy peaks. Return to Whitefish to celebrate our adventure at a farewell dinner. Depart the next day.

June 23–30 July 7–14 July 21–28 Aug. 25–Sept. 1

COST

$4,895

Price is per person, double occupancy. For a single room, add $1,550. Airfare to Jackson Hole and return from Kalispell is not included in the cost. All meals are included between group arrival and departure, with the exception of lunch on Day 5.

Maximum group size: 16

ACCO M M O DAT I O N S We will stay seven nights in hotels and lodges that are ideally situated for each day’s activities. Often our lodging is simple, but comfortable.

Grouse Mountain Lodge Day 6: 4–5 miles hiking (2–3 hours), 15 miles rafting on Class II and III rapids (5 hours); Day 7: 6–10 miles hiking (3–5 hours)

Above: A hiker pauses along the Highline Trail of Glacier National Park. CALL 1-888-689-2557 OR VISIT NATGEOEXPEDITIONS.COM/ACTIVE

I

I

CALL 1-888-689-2557 OR VISIT NATGEOEXPEDITIONS.COM/ACTIVE

I

29


YU C ATÁN A DV ENTU RE: WH A LE SH AR KS AN D MAYA RUIN S

BELIZE KAYAKING AND JUNGLE ADVENTURE

TRIP HIGHLIGHTS

TRIP HIGHLIGHTS

• Snorkel subterranean cenotes with National Geographic Explorer Guillermo de Anda, an underwater archaeologist who specializes in the ancient Maya.

• Kayak and swim at Lighthouse Reef, and snorkel the legendary Blue Hole. • Get private access to a sacred Maya cave and explore its cathedral-like chambers.

• Take a private tour of the Maya ruins at Chichén Itzá, exploring the site’s temples and towers at sunrise before they open to the public.

• Stay at Copal Tree Lodge, a National Geographic Unique Lodge of the World, and explore the ancient Maya ruins of Lubaantun.

• Snorkel with majestic whale sharks in the waters off Isla Mujeres.

• Set out in search of the scarlet macaws that nest in the rain forest each winter (seasonal).

• Explore the colorful towns of Valladolid and Izamal on foot to see relics of the ancient Maya intermingled with Spanish colonial architecture.

ITINERARY

|

8 DAY S

DAYS 1 AND 2 I CANCÚN, MEXICO/ TULUM/SIAN KA’AN BIOSPHERE RESERVE Land in Cancún and travel to our beachfront hotel in Tulum. Here we’ll meet National Geographic Explorer Guillermo de Anda, an archaeologist who specializes in Maya civilization. He joins us for the first three days of our adventure, offering expert insight into the region’s fossil discoveries and ancient human history. Visit the Tulum ruins, then head to our first cenote for a snorkel in a subterranean cavern. Continue to the Sian Ka’an Biosphere Reserve, a UNESCO World Heritage site. Ride across a turquoise lagoon and dive in for a float along a mangrove-fringed canal. Ana y José Charming Hotel and Spa Day 2: 2 hours walking, 1 hour snorkeling

DAYS 3 AND 4 I COBÁ/VALLADOLID/ CHICHÉN ITZÁ/IZAMAL

Snorkel the stunning Cenote Aktun Ha, where fallen trees and colorful plants create the feel of swimming through an ethereal underwater garden. Continue to the Cobá archaeological site and tour its temples with our guide. Stroll the colorful colonial town of Valladolid on a private walking tour, then settle into our lodge, bordering the Chichén Itzá archaeological complex—a World Heritage site, often called one of Above: Snorkeling with a whale shark off of Isla Mujeres

30

I

the new seven wonders of the world. Rise early the following day for a special visit to Chichén Itzá, exploring its temples, marketplace, and expansive ball court on a private tour before the site opens to the public. Later, enjoy lunch in colonial Izamal, home to an impressive Franciscan monastery sitting atop a Maya temple. The Lodge at Chichén Itzá Day 3: 3 hours walking, 1 hour snorkeling; Day 4: 2 hours walking

DAYS 5 AND 6

I

ISLA MUJERES

Light

Hotel Mia Reef Day 6: 3 hours snorkeling, 10 miles optional cycling (2–3 hours)

I

ISLA MUJERES/CANCÚN

Set out on another morning snorkeling excursion to swim with the area’s resident whale sharks. After lunch, return to Cancun and settle into our beachfront hotel where we’ll enjoy our final night. The next day, transfer to the airport for your return flight home. Presidente Intercontinental Cancun Resort Day 7: 3 hours snorkeling

|

1 0 DAY S

DAYS 1­–5 I BELIZE CITY, BELIZE/ CROOKED TREE WILDLIFE SANCTUARY/ HALF MOON CAYE Arrive in Belize City and transfer to Crooked Tree Wildlife Sanctuary. Explore the lagoons by boat and spot birds such as kingfishers, ospreys, and Jabiru storks. Depart by boat for Lighthouse Reef Atoll, located at the farthest edge of Belize’s reef system. Settle into our safari-style beach camp on Half Moon Caye, and venture out to explore the coral reefs. Choose from a variety of sea kayaking excursions, set sail in specially outfitted sailing kayaks, and snorkel inside the lagoon amid colorful fish. Snorkel the outer perimeter of the Great Blue Hole, made famous by ocean explorer Jacques Cousteau. In the evenings, enjoy dinners of fresh seafood and a traditional Garifuna music and dance performance.

I N F O R M AT I O N Activity Level

Travel to Puerto Juárez and board a ferry bound for Isla Mujeres. Check in to our hotel on sleepy Playa Norte—our home for the next two nights. Seek out whale sharks on flexible excursions designed to maximize opportunities for private snorkeling with these magnificent creatures. Take a bike ride across Isla Mujeres to a scenic outlook on the isle’s southern shores.

DAYS 7 AND 8

ITINERARY

Light/Moderate

DAT E S

Light or Moderate

(Lindblad and Scenic Expeditions Only)

We will be walking for 2–4 hours on uneven terrain on most days. While previous snorkeling experience is not required, you should know Moderate Moderate/Strenuous Strenuous how to swim and be comfortable in water.

Maximum

2018: June 4–11 June 18–25

July 16–23 Aug. 13–20

COST

$5,995

Price is per person, double occupancy. For a single room, add $1,500. Airfare to/from Cancún is not included in the cost. All meals are included between group arrival and departure with the exception of dinner on Days 2 and 6.

Bird’s Eye View Lodge; Lighthouse Reef Camp Days 3 and 4: 2–6 miles paddling daily (2–6 hours); Day 5: 3–4 miles paddling (2–3 hours)

Maximum group size: 16

ACCO M M O DAT I O N S

DAYS 6 AND 7 I HALF MOON CAYE/ ACTUN TUNICHIL MUKNAL/SIBUN RIVER VALLEY

We will stay seven nights in comfortable hotels with many amenities that are ideally situated for each day’s activities.

Enjoy a final morning on Belize’s coral atoll before returning to the mainland by boat. Travel to our jungle lodge within the Sibun National

Please note: A State Department travel warning for Mexico is currently in effect (http://travel.state.gov). We expect to operate this trip as planned, but will continue to closely monitor events in the region, and will alter the itinerary if necessary.

CALL 1-888-689-2557 OR VISIT NATGEOEXPEDITIONS.COM/ACTIVE

I

Forest Reserve. The next day, explore Actun Tunichil Muknal—an extraordinary cave system in Tapir Mountain Nature Reserve. Swim into the cave’s mouth and follow the subterranean waterway into a Maya underworld of cathedral-like caverns. Climb up into ceremonial chambers, and examine artifacts from Maya rituals. Sleeping Giant Lodge Day 7: 2–3 miles hiking (4–6 hours)

DAYS 8, 9, AND 10

I

Light

MAYA MOUNTAINS/ PUNTA GORDA

Scarlet macaws make Red Bank their home each winter. When they are here, hike into the rain forest to observe these magnificently colored birds. Should our trip not coincide with scarlet macaw season, we will drive to Mayflower Bocawina National Park for a guided jungle hike to Bocawina Falls where we can take a refreshing dip in the natural swimming hole. Later, travel to remote Punta Gorda and settle into Copal Tree Lodge, a National Geographic Unique Lodge of the World nestled in the lush coastal jungles of southern Belize. Visit the ancient Maya ruins at Lubaantun. Enjoy a locally sourced lunch, and take a hands-on lesson in bean-to-bar chocolate production. The next morning, catch a flight to Belize City to connect to your flight home. Copal Tree Lodge Days 8 and 9: 1 mile walking (1 hour)

I N F O R M AT I O N This trip is suitable for beginner and expert kayakers alike; no previous experience is necessary. We will be paddling stable, two-person kayaks for Moderate Moderate/Strenuous Strenuous an average of 2–6 hours per day (2–6 miles), which includes snorkeling time.

Activity Level

Light/Moderate

DAT E S

Light or Moderate

(Lindblad and Scenic Expeditions Only)

COST

2018:

2019:

Mar. 27–Apr. 5 Dec. 24, 2018– Jan. 2, 2019

Jan. 25–Feb. 3 Feb. 22–Mar. 3 Mar. 22–31 Dec. 20–29

2018:

2019:

$5,895

$5,995

Prices are per person, double occupancy. For a single room, add $1,350. Airfare to/from Belize City and within Belize is not included in the cost. The group flight within Belize is $200 per person (subject to change). For the December departures, there is an additional holiday surcharge of $200 . All meals are included between group arrival and departure.

Maximum group size: 16

ACCO M M O DAT I O N S We will camp four nights in the heart of a protected marine park, sleeping in cabana-style tents with limited, shared facilities. We will stay three nights in comfortable lodges and hotels that combine ideal locations and local charm, and two nights in a National Geographic Unique Lodge.

Above: A kayaker paddles to a pristine islet in the waters off Belize.

I

CALL 1-888-689-2557 OR VISIT NATGEOEXPEDITIONS.COM/ACTIVE

I

31

Maxim


YU C ATÁN A DV ENTU RE: WH A LE SH AR KS AN D MAYA RUIN S

BELIZE KAYAKING AND JUNGLE ADVENTURE

TRIP HIGHLIGHTS

TRIP HIGHLIGHTS

• Snorkel subterranean cenotes with National Geographic Explorer Guillermo de Anda, an underwater archaeologist who specializes in the ancient Maya.

• Kayak and swim at Lighthouse Reef, and snorkel the legendary Blue Hole. • Get private access to a sacred Maya cave and explore its cathedral-like chambers.

• Take a private tour of the Maya ruins at Chichén Itzá, exploring the site’s temples and towers at sunrise before they open to the public.

• Stay at Copal Tree Lodge, a National Geographic Unique Lodge of the World, and explore the ancient Maya ruins of Lubaantun.

• Snorkel with majestic whale sharks in the waters off Isla Mujeres.

• Set out in search of the scarlet macaws that nest in the rain forest each winter (seasonal).

• Explore the colorful towns of Valladolid and Izamal on foot to see relics of the ancient Maya intermingled with Spanish colonial architecture.

ITINERARY

|

8 DAY S

DAYS 1 AND 2 I CANCÚN, MEXICO/ TULUM/SIAN KA’AN BIOSPHERE RESERVE Land in Cancún and travel to our beachfront hotel in Tulum. Here we’ll meet National Geographic Explorer Guillermo de Anda, an archaeologist who specializes in Maya civilization. He joins us for the first three days of our adventure, offering expert insight into the region’s fossil discoveries and ancient human history. Visit the Tulum ruins, then head to our first cenote for a snorkel in a subterranean cavern. Continue to the Sian Ka’an Biosphere Reserve, a UNESCO World Heritage site. Ride across a turquoise lagoon and dive in for a float along a mangrove-fringed canal. Ana y José Charming Hotel and Spa Day 2: 2 hours walking, 1 hour snorkeling

DAYS 3 AND 4 I COBÁ/VALLADOLID/ CHICHÉN ITZÁ/IZAMAL

Snorkel the stunning Cenote Aktun Ha, where fallen trees and colorful plants create the feel of swimming through an ethereal underwater garden. Continue to the Cobá archaeological site and tour its temples with our guide. Stroll the colorful colonial town of Valladolid on a private walking tour, then settle into our lodge, bordering the Chichén Itzá archaeological complex—a World Heritage site, often called one of Above: Snorkeling with a whale shark off of Isla Mujeres

30

I

the new seven wonders of the world. Rise early the following day for a special visit to Chichén Itzá, exploring its temples, marketplace, and expansive ball court on a private tour before the site opens to the public. Later, enjoy lunch in colonial Izamal, home to an impressive Franciscan monastery sitting atop a Maya temple. The Lodge at Chichén Itzá Day 3: 3 hours walking, 1 hour snorkeling; Day 4: 2 hours walking

DAYS 5 AND 6

I

ISLA MUJERES

Light

Hotel Mia Reef Day 6: 3 hours snorkeling, 10 miles optional cycling (2–3 hours)

I

ISLA MUJERES/CANCÚN

Set out on another morning snorkeling excursion to swim with the area’s resident whale sharks. After lunch, return to Cancun and settle into our beachfront hotel where we’ll enjoy our final night. The next day, transfer to the airport for your return flight home. Presidente Intercontinental Cancun Resort Day 7: 3 hours snorkeling

|

1 0 DAY S

DAYS 1­–5 I BELIZE CITY, BELIZE/ CROOKED TREE WILDLIFE SANCTUARY/ HALF MOON CAYE Arrive in Belize City and transfer to Crooked Tree Wildlife Sanctuary. Explore the lagoons by boat and spot birds such as kingfishers, ospreys, and Jabiru storks. Depart by boat for Lighthouse Reef Atoll, located at the farthest edge of Belize’s reef system. Settle into our safari-style beach camp on Half Moon Caye, and venture out to explore the coral reefs. Choose from a variety of sea kayaking excursions, set sail in specially outfitted sailing kayaks, and snorkel inside the lagoon amid colorful fish. Snorkel the outer perimeter of the Great Blue Hole, made famous by ocean explorer Jacques Cousteau. In the evenings, enjoy dinners of fresh seafood and a traditional Garifuna music and dance performance.

I N F O R M AT I O N Activity Level

Travel to Puerto Juárez and board a ferry bound for Isla Mujeres. Check in to our hotel on sleepy Playa Norte—our home for the next two nights. Seek out whale sharks on flexible excursions designed to maximize opportunities for private snorkeling with these magnificent creatures. Take a bike ride across Isla Mujeres to a scenic outlook on the isle’s southern shores.

DAYS 7 AND 8

ITINERARY

Light/Moderate

DAT E S

Light or Moderate

(Lindblad and Scenic Expeditions Only)

We will be walking for 2–4 hours on uneven terrain on most days. While previous snorkeling experience is not required, you should know Moderate Moderate/Strenuous Strenuous how to swim and be comfortable in water.

Maximum

2018: June 4–11 June 18–25

July 16–23 Aug. 13–20

COST

$5,995

Price is per person, double occupancy. For a single room, add $1,500. Airfare to/from Cancún is not included in the cost. All meals are included between group arrival and departure with the exception of dinner on Days 2 and 6.

Bird’s Eye View Lodge; Lighthouse Reef Camp Days 3 and 4: 2–6 miles paddling daily (2–6 hours); Day 5: 3–4 miles paddling (2–3 hours)

Maximum group size: 16

ACCO M M O DAT I O N S

DAYS 6 AND 7 I HALF MOON CAYE/ ACTUN TUNICHIL MUKNAL/SIBUN RIVER VALLEY

We will stay seven nights in comfortable hotels with many amenities that are ideally situated for each day’s activities.

Enjoy a final morning on Belize’s coral atoll before returning to the mainland by boat. Travel to our jungle lodge within the Sibun National

Please note: A State Department travel warning for Mexico is currently in effect (http://travel.state.gov). We expect to operate this trip as planned, but will continue to closely monitor events in the region, and will alter the itinerary if necessary.

CALL 1-888-689-2557 OR VISIT NATGEOEXPEDITIONS.COM/ACTIVE

I

Forest Reserve. The next day, explore Actun Tunichil Muknal—an extraordinary cave system in Tapir Mountain Nature Reserve. Swim into the cave’s mouth and follow the subterranean waterway into a Maya underworld of cathedral-like caverns. Climb up into ceremonial chambers, and examine artifacts from Maya rituals. Sleeping Giant Lodge Day 7: 2–3 miles hiking (4–6 hours)

DAYS 8, 9, AND 10

I

Light

MAYA MOUNTAINS/ PUNTA GORDA

Scarlet macaws make Red Bank their home each winter. When they are here, hike into the rain forest to observe these magnificently colored birds. Should our trip not coincide with scarlet macaw season, we will drive to Mayflower Bocawina National Park for a guided jungle hike to Bocawina Falls where we can take a refreshing dip in the natural swimming hole. Later, travel to remote Punta Gorda and settle into Copal Tree Lodge, a National Geographic Unique Lodge of the World nestled in the lush coastal jungles of southern Belize. Visit the ancient Maya ruins at Lubaantun. Enjoy a locally sourced lunch, and take a hands-on lesson in bean-to-bar chocolate production. The next morning, catch a flight to Belize City to connect to your flight home. Copal Tree Lodge Days 8 and 9: 1 mile walking (1 hour)

I N F O R M AT I O N This trip is suitable for beginner and expert kayakers alike; no previous experience is necessary. We will be paddling stable, two-person kayaks for Moderate Moderate/Strenuous Strenuous an average of 2–6 hours per day (2–6 miles), which includes snorkeling time.

Activity Level

Light/Moderate

DAT E S

Light or Moderate

(Lindblad and Scenic Expeditions Only)

COST

2018:

2019:

Mar. 27–Apr. 5 Dec. 24, 2018– Jan. 2, 2019

Jan. 25–Feb. 3 Feb. 22–Mar. 3 Mar. 22–31 Dec. 20–29

2018:

2019:

$5,895

$5,995

Prices are per person, double occupancy. For a single room, add $1,350. Airfare to/from Belize City and within Belize is not included in the cost. The group flight within Belize is $200 per person (subject to change). For the December departures, there is an additional holiday surcharge of $200 . All meals are included between group arrival and departure.

Maximum group size: 16

ACCO M M O DAT I O N S We will camp four nights in the heart of a protected marine park, sleeping in cabana-style tents with limited, shared facilities. We will stay three nights in comfortable lodges and hotels that combine ideal locations and local charm, and two nights in a National Geographic Unique Lodge.

Above: A kayaker paddles to a pristine islet in the waters off Belize.

I

CALL 1-888-689-2557 OR VISIT NATGEOEXPEDITIONS.COM/ACTIVE

I

31

Maxim


COS TA RICA MULTISPORT ADVEN TURE

PATAG O N I A H I K I N G A DVEN TU R E

TRIP HIGHLIGHTS

ITINERARY

|

9 DAY S

DAYS 1, 2, AND 3 I SAN JOSÉ, COSTA RICA/TORTUGUERO NATIONAL PARK

Arrive in San José. Begin the next day with a scenic flight to Tortuguero National Park, a lowland tropical wet forest accessible only by water or air. A short boat ride brings us to our hotel perched on the water’s edge. Kayak still waterways that cut through the forest, encountering varied wildlife, from poison dart frogs and spider monkeys to sloths, river otters, caimans, and many lizards and birds. During departures that coincide with their nesting season, search for the Atlantic sea turtles for which the park is named. The turtles return here each year to nest, and the hatching of their young is a harrowing but fascinating ritual that dates back millions of years. Finca Rosa Blanca or Xandari Resort & Spa; Tortuga Lodge & Gardens Day 2: 2–3 miles paddling (3 hours); Day 3: 4–5 miles paddling (4 hours)

DAYS 4, 5, AND 6

I

PACUARE RIVER

Travel by boat and by road to the Pacuare River, where we set off on our white-water rafting adventure. Paddle through lush forest and descend several technical drops. Later, arrive at

Above: Rafters paddle past a waterfall on the Pacuare River.

32

I

• Kayak through the lush rain forests of Tortuguero National Park and learn about the Atlantic sea turtles that nest here.

• Hike through Patagonia’s exceptionally scenic national parks: Torres del Paine in Chile and Los Glaciares in Argentina.

• Set off on a white-water rafting adventure down the Pacuare River, and spot monkeys, sloths, colorful birds, and more.

• Trek to the base of Torres del Paine’s sheer granite walls, and surround yourself with twisting peaks in the French Valley.

• Hike into the cloud forest in search of the rare quetzal bird, and sail through the rain forest canopy on a zip line.

• Experience up close the power of Grey and Perito Moreno Glaciers, two of the most impressive glaciers in the world.

• Explore the colonial towns and coffee plantations of the Orosi Valley.

• Follow trails to serene lakes at the foot of spectacular Cerro Torre and the Fitz Roy massif.

our eco-lodge where we see toucans and other colorful species on a bird-watching hike, swing through the forest canopy on a zip line, and hike to waterfalls. Return to the river to raft a stunning stretch of white water past waterfalls and through lush gorges. Stop for a swim, and then take out near Siquirres and journey into the cloud forest. Rios Tropicales Lodge; Trogon Lodge Day 4: 4–5 miles paddling (2 hours); Light Day 5: 4–5 miles hiking (4 hours); Day 6: 6–8 miles paddling (3–4 hours)

Light/Moderate

DAYS 7, 8, AND 9 I SAN GERARDO DE DOTA/OROSI VALLEY/SAN JOSÉ

Light or Moderate

(Lindblad and Scenic Expeditions Only)

Hike into the cloud forest and encounter a wide spectrum of wildlife—including, with luck, the quetzal, a near-threatened bird that is endemic to Mesoamerica. Take advantage of a free afternoon to explore our lodge and its gardens, go on another hike, or enjoy one of the optional activities offered in the area. Rise early for a birding walk before we drive to Orosi Valley, one of the first areas of Costa Rica settled by the Spanish colonists. Have lunch at a coffee plantation. In Cartago, visit the Basilica Nuestra Señora de Los Ángeles, an ornate church honoring Costa Rica’s patron saint. After our farewell dinner in San José, depart the next day for home. Trogon Lodge;

Finca Rosa Blanca or

Xandari Resort & Spa Day 7: 4–5 miles hiking (4 hours); Day 8: 1–2 miles hiking (2 hours)

TRIP HIGHLIGHTS

ITINERARY

Moderate

DAT E S

COST

Arrive in Punta Arenas. The next day, travel to Torres del Paine National Park for a short hike.

This trip is suitable for beginner and expert kayakers and rafters alike. We will be paddling stable, two-person kayaks for an average of 2–5 hours, Moderate/Strenuous Strenuous Maximum and will be rafting 2–4 hours (approximately 4–8 miles per day) on Class II–IV rapids.

2018:

2019:

Mar. 17–25 July 21–29 Dec. 22–30

Feb. 17–25 Mar. 17–25 Dec. 21–29

2018:

2019:

$4,595

$4,895

Hotel Cabo de Hornos; Hotel Lago Grey Day 2: 1–2 miles hiking (1–2 hours)

DAYS 3 AND 4

GREY GLACIER/ FRENCH VALLEY

Refugio Paine Grande; Cabañas en los Cuernos Day 3: 7–8 miles hiking (4 hours); Day 4: 14 miles hiking (10 hours), or 7 miles hiking (6 hours)

DAYS 5 AND 6

Maximum group size: 14

ACCO M M O DAT I O N S

I

PASO LOS CUERNOS/ TORRES DEL PAINE

Hike the Paso Los Cuernos trail. Rise early the next morning for our all-day hike to the Torres del Paine that takes us to a magnificent view-

We will stay four nights in comfortable, well-located lodges and resorts, and two nights in a National Geographic Unique Lodge. We will stay two nights in charming, rustic bungalows at an eco-lodge accessible only by foot or waterway.

I

I

Cruise across Lago de Grey to the foot of Grey Glacier. Trace the lakeshore on foot, taking in views of the glacier and the dramatic Paine massif. The next day, hike in the magnificent French Valley, a natural basin ringed by the black slate “horns” of the Cuernos del Paine. Tonight we stay at cabins tucked into mountain slopes beside a beautiful waterfall.

Prices are per person, double occupancy. For a single room, add $1,100. Airfare to/from San José and within Costa Rica is not included in the cost. The group flight within Costa Rica is $200 per person (subject to change). There is a $200 holiday surcharge for the December departures. All meals are included between group arrival and departure, with the exception of dinner on Day 1.

CALL 1-888-689-2557 OR VISIT NATGEOEXPEDITIONS.COM/ACTIVE

1 3 DAY S

DAYS 1 AND 2 I PUNTA ARENAS, CHILE/TORRES DEL PAINE NATIONAL PARK

I N F O R M AT I O N Activity Level

|

Above: A hiker watches as the setting sun paints the sky and mountain peaks with dazzling colors.

I

point of the iconic granite towers. Hotel las Torres or Estancia Cerro Guido Day 5: 7 miles hiking (4–5 hours); Day 6: 11 miles hiking (8–10 hours)

DAYS 7–10 I EL CHALTÉN/LOS GLACIARES NATIONAL PARK

I N F O R M AT I O N We will be hiking 3–10 hours per day (5–16 miles) on moderate to steep grades at elevations ranging from 200 feet to a maximum of 3,000 feet. Most Maximum days have options for more, or less, hiking.

Activity Level Cross the Argentine border en route to Los Glaciares National Park. Spend the next three days exploring the park on a variety of hikes. Moderate Moderate/Strenuous Strenuous Light Light/Moderate Climb to pristine glacial lakes at the base of the park’s most iconic sites: Monte Fitz Roy DAT E S and Cerro Torre. Discover the Piedras Blancas Light or Moderate glacier, or head to Piedra del Fraile, overlooking the north face of Fitz Roy. (Lindblad and Scenic Expeditions Only)

Hotel Destino Sur Day 8: 11 miles hiking (6–7 hours); Day 9: 14 miles hiking (8–9 hours); Day 10: 11 miles hiking (6–7 hours)

DAYS 11, 12 AND 13 I EL CALAFATE/ PERITO MORENO GLACIER Travel to El Calafate, stopping along the way for a hike in La Leona Petrified Forest. The next day, visit Perito Moreno, an active glacier on the southern arm of Lake Argentino. Watch the glacier calve great chunks of ice into the lake; then explore the area’s picturesque trails on a short hike. On our final day, transfer to the airport for your flight home.

2018:

2019:

Oct. 20–Nov. 1 Nov. 3–15 Nov. 17–29 Dec. 1–13 Dec. 8–20

Jan. 5–17 Jan. 12–24 Feb. 16–28 Mar. 2–14

COST

$6,895

Price is per person, double occupancy. For a single room, add $2,000. Airfare to Punta Arenas and return from El Calafate is not included in the cost. All meals are included between group arrival and departure.

Maximum group size: 16

ACCO M M O DAT I O N S We will stay 11 nights in hotels and small mountain inns and one night in a traditional refugio. Note that there are shared bathrooms on two nights while we are trekking in a remote part of the region.

Hotel Mirador del Lago Day 11: 5 miles hiking (2 hours); Day 12: 2–3 miles hiking (1 hour)

CALL 1-888-689-2557 OR VISIT NATGEOEXPEDITIONS.COM/ACTIVE

I

33


COS TA RICA MULTISPORT ADVEN TURE

PATAG O N I A H I K I N G A DVEN TU R E

TRIP HIGHLIGHTS

ITINERARY

|

9 DAY S

DAYS 1, 2, AND 3 I SAN JOSÉ, COSTA RICA/TORTUGUERO NATIONAL PARK

Arrive in San José. Begin the next day with a scenic flight to Tortuguero National Park, a lowland tropical wet forest accessible only by water or air. A short boat ride brings us to our hotel perched on the water’s edge. Kayak still waterways that cut through the forest, encountering varied wildlife, from poison dart frogs and spider monkeys to sloths, river otters, caimans, and many lizards and birds. During departures that coincide with their nesting season, search for the Atlantic sea turtles for which the park is named. The turtles return here each year to nest, and the hatching of their young is a harrowing but fascinating ritual that dates back millions of years. Finca Rosa Blanca or Xandari Resort & Spa; Tortuga Lodge & Gardens Day 2: 2–3 miles paddling (3 hours); Day 3: 4–5 miles paddling (4 hours)

DAYS 4, 5, AND 6

I

PACUARE RIVER

Travel by boat and by road to the Pacuare River, where we set off on our white-water rafting adventure. Paddle through lush forest and descend several technical drops. Later, arrive at

Above: Rafters paddle past a waterfall on the Pacuare River.

32

I

• Kayak through the lush rain forests of Tortuguero National Park and learn about the Atlantic sea turtles that nest here.

• Hike through Patagonia’s exceptionally scenic national parks: Torres del Paine in Chile and Los Glaciares in Argentina.

• Set off on a white-water rafting adventure down the Pacuare River, and spot monkeys, sloths, colorful birds, and more.

• Trek to the base of Torres del Paine’s sheer granite walls, and surround yourself with twisting peaks in the French Valley.

• Hike into the cloud forest in search of the rare quetzal bird, and sail through the rain forest canopy on a zip line.

• Experience up close the power of Grey and Perito Moreno Glaciers, two of the most impressive glaciers in the world.

• Explore the colonial towns and coffee plantations of the Orosi Valley.

• Follow trails to serene lakes at the foot of spectacular Cerro Torre and the Fitz Roy massif.

our eco-lodge where we see toucans and other colorful species on a bird-watching hike, swing through the forest canopy on a zip line, and hike to waterfalls. Return to the river to raft a stunning stretch of white water past waterfalls and through lush gorges. Stop for a swim, and then take out near Siquirres and journey into the cloud forest. Rios Tropicales Lodge; Trogon Lodge Day 4: 4–5 miles paddling (2 hours); Light Day 5: 4–5 miles hiking (4 hours); Day 6: 6–8 miles paddling (3–4 hours)

Light/Moderate

DAYS 7, 8, AND 9 I SAN GERARDO DE DOTA/OROSI VALLEY/SAN JOSÉ

Light or Moderate

(Lindblad and Scenic Expeditions Only)

Hike into the cloud forest and encounter a wide spectrum of wildlife—including, with luck, the quetzal, a near-threatened bird that is endemic to Mesoamerica. Take advantage of a free afternoon to explore our lodge and its gardens, go on another hike, or enjoy one of the optional activities offered in the area. Rise early for a birding walk before we drive to Orosi Valley, one of the first areas of Costa Rica settled by the Spanish colonists. Have lunch at a coffee plantation. In Cartago, visit the Basilica Nuestra Señora de Los Ángeles, an ornate church honoring Costa Rica’s patron saint. After our farewell dinner in San José, depart the next day for home. Trogon Lodge;

Finca Rosa Blanca or

Xandari Resort & Spa Day 7: 4–5 miles hiking (4 hours); Day 8: 1–2 miles hiking (2 hours)

TRIP HIGHLIGHTS

ITINERARY

Moderate

DAT E S

COST

Arrive in Punta Arenas. The next day, travel to Torres del Paine National Park for a short hike.

This trip is suitable for beginner and expert kayakers and rafters alike. We will be paddling stable, two-person kayaks for an average of 2–5 hours, Moderate/Strenuous Strenuous Maximum and will be rafting 2–4 hours (approximately 4–8 miles per day) on Class II–IV rapids.

2018:

2019:

Mar. 17–25 July 21–29 Dec. 22–30

Feb. 17–25 Mar. 17–25 Dec. 21–29

2018:

2019:

$4,595

$4,895

Hotel Cabo de Hornos; Hotel Lago Grey Day 2: 1–2 miles hiking (1–2 hours)

DAYS 3 AND 4

GREY GLACIER/ FRENCH VALLEY

Refugio Paine Grande; Cabañas en los Cuernos Day 3: 7–8 miles hiking (4 hours); Day 4: 14 miles hiking (10 hours), or 7 miles hiking (6 hours)

DAYS 5 AND 6

Maximum group size: 14

ACCO M M O DAT I O N S

I

PASO LOS CUERNOS/ TORRES DEL PAINE

Hike the Paso Los Cuernos trail. Rise early the next morning for our all-day hike to the Torres del Paine that takes us to a magnificent view-

We will stay four nights in comfortable, well-located lodges and resorts, and two nights in a National Geographic Unique Lodge. We will stay two nights in charming, rustic bungalows at an eco-lodge accessible only by foot or waterway.

I

I

Cruise across Lago de Grey to the foot of Grey Glacier. Trace the lakeshore on foot, taking in views of the glacier and the dramatic Paine massif. The next day, hike in the magnificent French Valley, a natural basin ringed by the black slate “horns” of the Cuernos del Paine. Tonight we stay at cabins tucked into mountain slopes beside a beautiful waterfall.

Prices are per person, double occupancy. For a single room, add $1,100. Airfare to/from San José and within Costa Rica is not included in the cost. The group flight within Costa Rica is $200 per person (subject to change). There is a $200 holiday surcharge for the December departures. All meals are included between group arrival and departure, with the exception of dinner on Day 1.

CALL 1-888-689-2557 OR VISIT NATGEOEXPEDITIONS.COM/ACTIVE

1 3 DAY S

DAYS 1 AND 2 I PUNTA ARENAS, CHILE/TORRES DEL PAINE NATIONAL PARK

I N F O R M AT I O N Activity Level

|

Above: A hiker watches as the setting sun paints the sky and mountain peaks with dazzling colors.

I

point of the iconic granite towers. Hotel las Torres or Estancia Cerro Guido Day 5: 7 miles hiking (4–5 hours); Day 6: 11 miles hiking (8–10 hours)

DAYS 7–10 I EL CHALTÉN/LOS GLACIARES NATIONAL PARK

I N F O R M AT I O N We will be hiking 3–10 hours per day (5–16 miles) on moderate to steep grades at elevations ranging from 200 feet to a maximum of 3,000 feet. Most Maximum days have options for more, or less, hiking.

Activity Level Cross the Argentine border en route to Los Glaciares National Park. Spend the next three days exploring the park on a variety of hikes. Moderate Moderate/Strenuous Strenuous Light Light/Moderate Climb to pristine glacial lakes at the base of the park’s most iconic sites: Monte Fitz Roy DAT E S and Cerro Torre. Discover the Piedras Blancas Light or Moderate glacier, or head to Piedra del Fraile, overlooking the north face of Fitz Roy. (Lindblad and Scenic Expeditions Only)

Hotel Destino Sur Day 8: 11 miles hiking (6–7 hours); Day 9: 14 miles hiking (8–9 hours); Day 10: 11 miles hiking (6–7 hours)

DAYS 11, 12 AND 13 I EL CALAFATE/ PERITO MORENO GLACIER Travel to El Calafate, stopping along the way for a hike in La Leona Petrified Forest. The next day, visit Perito Moreno, an active glacier on the southern arm of Lake Argentino. Watch the glacier calve great chunks of ice into the lake; then explore the area’s picturesque trails on a short hike. On our final day, transfer to the airport for your flight home.

2018:

2019:

Oct. 20–Nov. 1 Nov. 3–15 Nov. 17–29 Dec. 1–13 Dec. 8–20

Jan. 5–17 Jan. 12–24 Feb. 16–28 Mar. 2–14

COST

$6,895

Price is per person, double occupancy. For a single room, add $2,000. Airfare to Punta Arenas and return from El Calafate is not included in the cost. All meals are included between group arrival and departure.

Maximum group size: 16

ACCO M M O DAT I O N S We will stay 11 nights in hotels and small mountain inns and one night in a traditional refugio. Note that there are shared bathrooms on two nights while we are trekking in a remote part of the region.

Hotel Mirador del Lago Day 11: 5 miles hiking (2 hours); Day 12: 2–3 miles hiking (1 hour)

CALL 1-888-689-2557 OR VISIT NATGEOEXPEDITIONS.COM/ACTIVE

I

33


COSTA R I C A MULTISP O RT ADV EN T U RE

COSTA RICA WILDLIFE ADV EN T U RE

TRIP HIGHLIGHTS

TRIP HIGHLIGHTS

• Kayak through the lush rain forests of Tortuguero National Park and learn about the Atlantic sea turtles that nest here.

• Stay at Lapa Rios Lodge, a National Geographic Unique Lodge of the World nestled within some of Costa Rica’s most pristine rain forests.

• Set off on a white-water rafting adventure down the Pacuare River, and spot monkeys, sloths, colorful birds, and more.

• Hike to secluded waterfalls in the jungles of the Osa Peninsula, searching for monkeys, sloths, and scarlet macaws.

• Hike into the cloud forest in search of the rare quetzal bird, and sail through the rain forest canopy on a zip line.

• Go zip-lining in the rain forest canopy surrounding Arenal Volcano, and soak in hot spring pools. • Explore the cloud forest on nature walks.

• Explore the colonial towns and coffee plantations of the Orosi Valley.

IT INE R A RY

| 9 DAYS

DAYS 1, 2, AND 3 I SAN JOSÉ, COSTA RICA/TORTUGUERO NATIONAL PARK

Arrive in San José and spend the night at a hotel set amid tropical gardens. Begin the next day with a scenic flight to Tortuguero National Park, a lowland tropical wet forest accessible only by water or air. A short boat ride brings us to our hotel perched on the water’s edge. Kayak still waterways that cut through the forest, encountering varied wildlife, from poison dart frogs and spider monkeys to sloths, river otters, caimans, and many lizards and birds. During departures that coincide with their nesting season, search for the Atlantic sea turtles for which the park is named. The turtles return here each year to nest, and the hatching of their young is a harrowing but fascinating ritual that dates back millions of years. Xandari Resort & Spa; Tortuga Lodge & Gardens Day 2: 2–3 miles paddling (3 hours); Day 3: 4–5 miles paddling (4 hours)

DAYS 4, 5, AND 6

I

PACUARE RIVER

Travel by boat and by road to the Pacuare River, where we set off on our white-water rafting adventure. Paddle through lush forest and descend several technical drops. Later, arrive at Above: Rafters paddle past a waterfall on the Pacuare River.

30

I

our eco-lodge where we see toucans and other colorful species on a bird-watching hike; swing through the forest canopy on a zip line; and hike to waterfalls. Return to the river to raft a stunning stretch of white water past waterfalls and down lush gorges. Stop for a swim, and then take out near Siquirres and journey into the cloud forest. Rios Tropicales Lodge; Trogon Lodge Day 4: 4–5 miles paddling (2 hours); Light Day 5: 4–5 miles hiking (4 hours); Day 6: 6–8 miles paddling (3–4 hours)

Light/Moderate

DAYS 7, 8, AND 9 I SAN GERARDO DE DOTA/OROSI VALLEY/SAN JOSÉ

Hike into the cloud forest and encounter a wide spectrum of wildlife—including, with luck, the quetzal, a near-threatened bird that is endemic to Mesoamerica. Take advantage of a free afternoon to explore our lodge and its gardens, go on another hike, or enjoy one of the optional activities offered in the area. Rise early for a birding walk before we drive to Orosi Valley, one of the first areas of Costa Rica settled by the Spanish colonists. Have lunch at a coffee plantation. In Cartago, visit the Basilica Nuestra Señora de Los Ángeles, an ornate church honoring Costa Rica’s patron saint. After our farewell dinner in San José, depart the next day for home. Trogon Lodge; Xandari Resort & Spa Day 7: 4–5 miles hiking (4 hours); Day 8: 1–2 miles hiking (2 hours)

| 9 DAYS

DAYS 1­, 2, AND 3

Activity Level

Moderate

This trip is suitable for beginner and expert kayakers and rafters alike; no previous experience is necessary. We will be paddling stable, two-person kayaks for an Moderate/Strenuous Strenuous Maximum average of 3–4 hours, and will be rafting 2–4 hours (approximately 4–8 miles per day) on Class II–IV rapids. We will hike 2–4 hours (1–5 miles) on some days.

DAT E S 2018: Mar. 17–25 July 21–29 Dec. 22–30

2019: XXXX XXXX XXXX XXXX

COST 2018:

$4,395

2019:

$x,xxx

SAN JOSÉ, COSTA RICA/OSA PENINSULA

Finca Rosa Blanca; Lapa Rios Lodge Days 2 and 3: 2–4 miles hiking (4–5 hours)

Prices are per person, double occupancy. For a single room, add $1,100. Airfare to/from San José and airfare within Costa Rica is not included in the cost. The group flight within Costa Rica is $200 (subject to change). There is a $200 holiday surcharge for the December departures. All meals are included between group arrival and departure, with the exception of dinner on Day 1.

DAYS 4 AND 5

I

ARENAL NATIONAL PARK

Fly back to San José and drive into the northern highlands to Arenal National Park, named for the 7,000-year-old volcano that rises above the rain forest canopy. Check in to our lodge and head out on a naturalist-led hike in the

Maximum group size: 15

ACCO M O DAT I O N S

We will stay six nights in comfortable, well-located lodges and resorts. We will stay two nights inI charming, rustic CALL 1-888-689-2557 OR VISIT NATGEOEXPEDITIONS.COM/ACTIVE bungalows at an eco-lodge accessible only by foot or waterway.

I

Arrive in San José and transfer to our hotel set on an organic coffee plantation. The next morning, fly south to the Osa Peninsula, home to some of the most pristine lowland rain forests on the Pacific coast. At the peninsula’s tip is the 1,000-acre Lapa Rios reserve. Settle into your bungalow at Lapa Rios Lodge, a National Geographic Unique Lodge celebrated for its wildlife conservation efforts in the surrounding region. During our stay here, discover the area’s treasures on a variety of excursions. Hike to secluded waterfalls and beaches to go swimming; learn about the medicinal uses of local plants; and experience the magic of the rain forest on a nighttime walk. With the help of a naturalist, spot white-faced capuchin monkeys, poison dart frogs, sloths, and more.

I N F O R M AT I O N

Light or Moderate

(Lindblad and Scenic Expeditions Only)

I TI NERARY

Above: A curious sloth emerges from the lush rain forest canopy.

I

afternoon to search for monkeys and toucans. After an optional early-morning birding walk the next day, embark on an aerial adventure, soaring from tree to tree on zip lines strung through the rain forest canopy. Later, visit hot spring pools owned and operated by a local family, then sit down for a home-style dinner.

I N F O R M AT I O N

Light

DAYS 6–9

I

ARENAL/VILLA BLANCA CLOUD FOREST/SAN JOSÉ

Venture into the rain forest canopy surrounding Arenal Volcano along a network of suspension bridges. Then journey to the Villa Blanca Cloud Forest Hotel and Nature Reserve, a 75-acre mountain retreat. Enjoy a twilight jungle walk before dinner. Spend the following day experiencing the complex ecosystems of the cloud forest. Hike along lush forest trails, and keep an eye out for butterflies and resident bird species such as trogons, motmots, and toucanets. With luck, we’ll spot the rare resplendent quetzal—a sacred bird in Maya and Aztec cultures. After a final morning birding walk and a coffee tasting, return to San José and gather for a farewell dinner. Depart the next day. Villa Blanca Cloud Forest Hotel; Finca Rosa Blanca Day 6: 2–4 miles hiking (2–4 hours); Day 7: 2–3 miles hiking (1–3 hours)

CALL 1-888-689-2557 OR VISIT NATGEOEXPEDITIONS.COM/ACTIVE

On this wildlife-viewing adventure, we will be walking or hiking on nature trails for 2–4 miles (2–4 hours) on most days.

Activity Level

Lost Iguana Resort & Spa Day 4: 2–4 miles hiking (2 hours); Day 5: 1–2 miles hiking (1 hour)

Moderate

Light/Moderate

Moderate/Strenuous

Strenuous

Maxim

DAT E S Light or Moderate

2018: July 15–23 Dec. 2–10

2019: XXXX XXXX XXXX

(Lindblad and Scenic Expeditions Only)

COST 2018:

$5,495

2019:

$x,xxx

Prices are per person, double occupancy. For a single room, add $1,500. Airfare to/from San José and airfare within Costa Rica is not included in the cost. The group flight within Costa Rica is $350 (subject to change). All meals are included between group arrival and departure, with the exception of dinner on Day 1.

Maximum group size: 14

ACCO M O DAT I O N S We will be staying two nights in a National Geographic Unique Lodge of the World, and six nights in comfortable, well-equipped hotels with full amenities.

I

31


COSTA R I C A MULTISP O RT ADV EN T U RE

COSTA RICA WILDLIFE ADV EN T U RE

TRIP HIGHLIGHTS

TRIP HIGHLIGHTS

• Kayak through the lush rain forests of Tortuguero National Park and learn about the Atlantic sea turtles that nest here.

• Stay at Lapa Rios Lodge, a National Geographic Unique Lodge of the World nestled within some of Costa Rica’s most pristine rain forests.

• Set off on a white-water rafting adventure down the Pacuare River, and spot monkeys, sloths, colorful birds, and more.

• Hike to secluded waterfalls in the jungles of the Osa Peninsula, searching for monkeys, sloths, and scarlet macaws.

• Hike into the cloud forest in search of the rare quetzal bird, and sail through the rain forest canopy on a zip line.

• Go zip-lining in the rain forest canopy surrounding Arenal Volcano, and soak in hot spring pools. • Explore the cloud forest on nature walks.

• Explore the colonial towns and coffee plantations of the Orosi Valley.

IT INE R A RY

| 9 DAYS

DAYS 1, 2, AND 3 I SAN JOSÉ, COSTA RICA/TORTUGUERO NATIONAL PARK

Arrive in San José and spend the night at a hotel set amid tropical gardens. Begin the next day with a scenic flight to Tortuguero National Park, a lowland tropical wet forest accessible only by water or air. A short boat ride brings us to our hotel perched on the water’s edge. Kayak still waterways that cut through the forest, encountering varied wildlife, from poison dart frogs and spider monkeys to sloths, river otters, caimans, and many lizards and birds. During departures that coincide with their nesting season, search for the Atlantic sea turtles for which the park is named. The turtles return here each year to nest, and the hatching of their young is a harrowing but fascinating ritual that dates back millions of years. Xandari Resort & Spa; Tortuga Lodge & Gardens Day 2: 2–3 miles paddling (3 hours); Day 3: 4–5 miles paddling (4 hours)

DAYS 4, 5, AND 6

I

PACUARE RIVER

Travel by boat and by road to the Pacuare River, where we set off on our white-water rafting adventure. Paddle through lush forest and descend several technical drops. Later, arrive at Above: Rafters paddle past a waterfall on the Pacuare River.

30

I

our eco-lodge where we see toucans and other colorful species on a bird-watching hike; swing through the forest canopy on a zip line; and hike to waterfalls. Return to the river to raft a stunning stretch of white water past waterfalls and down lush gorges. Stop for a swim, and then take out near Siquirres and journey into the cloud forest. Rios Tropicales Lodge; Trogon Lodge Day 4: 4–5 miles paddling (2 hours); Light Day 5: 4–5 miles hiking (4 hours); Day 6: 6–8 miles paddling (3–4 hours)

Light/Moderate

DAYS 7, 8, AND 9 I SAN GERARDO DE DOTA/OROSI VALLEY/SAN JOSÉ

Hike into the cloud forest and encounter a wide spectrum of wildlife—including, with luck, the quetzal, a near-threatened bird that is endemic to Mesoamerica. Take advantage of a free afternoon to explore our lodge and its gardens, go on another hike, or enjoy one of the optional activities offered in the area. Rise early for a birding walk before we drive to Orosi Valley, one of the first areas of Costa Rica settled by the Spanish colonists. Have lunch at a coffee plantation. In Cartago, visit the Basilica Nuestra Señora de Los Ángeles, an ornate church honoring Costa Rica’s patron saint. After our farewell dinner in San José, depart the next day for home. Trogon Lodge; Xandari Resort & Spa Day 7: 4–5 miles hiking (4 hours); Day 8: 1–2 miles hiking (2 hours)

| 9 DAYS

DAYS 1­, 2, AND 3

Activity Level

Moderate

This trip is suitable for beginner and expert kayakers and rafters alike; no previous experience is necessary. We will be paddling stable, two-person kayaks for an Moderate/Strenuous Strenuous Maximum average of 3–4 hours, and will be rafting 2–4 hours (approximately 4–8 miles per day) on Class II–IV rapids. We will hike 2–4 hours (1–5 miles) on some days.

DAT E S 2018: Mar. 17–25 July 21–29 Dec. 22–30

2019: XXXX XXXX XXXX XXXX

COST 2018:

$4,395

2019:

$x,xxx

SAN JOSÉ, COSTA RICA/OSA PENINSULA

Finca Rosa Blanca; Lapa Rios Lodge Days 2 and 3: 2–4 miles hiking (4–5 hours)

Prices are per person, double occupancy. For a single room, add $1,100. Airfare to/from San José and airfare within Costa Rica is not included in the cost. The group flight within Costa Rica is $200 (subject to change). There is a $200 holiday surcharge for the December departures. All meals are included between group arrival and departure, with the exception of dinner on Day 1.

DAYS 4 AND 5

I

ARENAL NATIONAL PARK

Fly back to San José and drive into the northern highlands to Arenal National Park, named for the 7,000-year-old volcano that rises above the rain forest canopy. Check in to our lodge and head out on a naturalist-led hike in the

Maximum group size: 15

ACCO M O DAT I O N S

We will stay six nights in comfortable, well-located lodges and resorts. We will stay two nights inI charming, rustic CALL 1-888-689-2557 OR VISIT NATGEOEXPEDITIONS.COM/ACTIVE bungalows at an eco-lodge accessible only by foot or waterway.

I

Arrive in San José and transfer to our hotel set on an organic coffee plantation. The next morning, fly south to the Osa Peninsula, home to some of the most pristine lowland rain forests on the Pacific coast. At the peninsula’s tip is the 1,000-acre Lapa Rios reserve. Settle into your bungalow at Lapa Rios Lodge, a National Geographic Unique Lodge celebrated for its wildlife conservation efforts in the surrounding region. During our stay here, discover the area’s treasures on a variety of excursions. Hike to secluded waterfalls and beaches to go swimming; learn about the medicinal uses of local plants; and experience the magic of the rain forest on a nighttime walk. With the help of a naturalist, spot white-faced capuchin monkeys, poison dart frogs, sloths, and more.

I N F O R M AT I O N

Light or Moderate

(Lindblad and Scenic Expeditions Only)

I TI NERARY

Above: A curious sloth emerges from the lush rain forest canopy.

I

afternoon to search for monkeys and toucans. After an optional early-morning birding walk the next day, embark on an aerial adventure, soaring from tree to tree on zip lines strung through the rain forest canopy. Later, visit hot spring pools owned and operated by a local family, then sit down for a home-style dinner.

I N F O R M AT I O N

Light

DAYS 6–9

I

ARENAL/VILLA BLANCA CLOUD FOREST/SAN JOSÉ

Venture into the rain forest canopy surrounding Arenal Volcano along a network of suspension bridges. Then journey to the Villa Blanca Cloud Forest Hotel and Nature Reserve, a 75-acre mountain retreat. Enjoy a twilight jungle walk before dinner. Spend the following day experiencing the complex ecosystems of the cloud forest. Hike along lush forest trails, and keep an eye out for butterflies and resident bird species such as trogons, motmots, and toucanets. With luck, we’ll spot the rare resplendent quetzal—a sacred bird in Maya and Aztec cultures. After a final morning birding walk and a coffee tasting, return to San José and gather for a farewell dinner. Depart the next day. Villa Blanca Cloud Forest Hotel; Finca Rosa Blanca Day 6: 2–4 miles hiking (2–4 hours); Day 7: 2–3 miles hiking (1–3 hours)

CALL 1-888-689-2557 OR VISIT NATGEOEXPEDITIONS.COM/ACTIVE

On this wildlife-viewing adventure, we will be walking or hiking on nature trails for 2–4 miles (2–4 hours) on most days.

Activity Level

Lost Iguana Resort & Spa Day 4: 2–4 miles hiking (2 hours); Day 5: 1–2 miles hiking (1 hour)

Moderate

Light/Moderate

Moderate/Strenuous

Strenuous

Maxim

DAT E S Light or Moderate

2018: July 15–23 Dec. 2–10

2019: XXXX XXXX XXXX

(Lindblad and Scenic Expeditions Only)

COST 2018:

$5,495

2019:

$x,xxx

Prices are per person, double occupancy. For a single room, add $1,500. Airfare to/from San José and airfare within Costa Rica is not included in the cost. The group flight within Costa Rica is $350 (subject to change). All meals are included between group arrival and departure, with the exception of dinner on Day 1.

Maximum group size: 14

ACCO M O DAT I O N S We will be staying two nights in a National Geographic Unique Lodge of the World, and six nights in comfortable, well-equipped hotels with full amenities.

I

31


P E R U: MACH U P ICCHU IN N TO IN N TREK

ITINERARY DAY 1

I

|

1 0 DAY S

CUSCO

Arrive in Cusco and gather this afternoon for a guided walk through this ancient city, once the capital of the Inca Empire. Later, enjoy a welcome dinner and a lecture by archaeologist and National Geographic grantee Peter Frost or another prominent local anthropologist. Palacio del Inka

DAY 2

I

SORAYPAMPA

Rise early for the drive to our first lodge, stopping along the way to visit the ruins of Tarawasi, an Inca ceremonial center built from precisely carved blocks of granite. Continue to Marcoccasa and set out on an optional hike along the Camino Real. This afternoon, arrive at Salkantay Lodge and take in the breathtaking views. Enjoy some free time, then gather for an evening briefing followed by a hearty meal. Salkantay Lodge 11 miles hiking (4–6 hours)

DAY 3

I

SORAYPAMPA

Salkantay Lodge 4 miles hiking (3–4 hours)

Wind your way from lodge to lodge through the luxuriant forests and snowcapped peaks of Peru’s stunning Cordillera de Vilcabamba. Trek among glaciers and alpine lakes, as well as to local villages and lesser known Inca sites tucked into the slopes. Take in views of dazzling 20,000-footers such as Salkantay, the highest summit in the range and one of the most sacred peaks in Inca mythology. Experience the diverse ecosystems of the Andes, from ice-clad slopes to lush cloud forests and tropical orchards. At the end of each day, settle into a picturesque mountain lodge to enjoy a soak in the hot tub, a cozy fire, and a delicious meal. Then venture deep into the mysteries of the Inca as we explore the breathtaking sanctuary of Machu Picchu.

34

HUAYRAQMACHAY

Rise early to begin our four-day trek to the legendary citadel of Machu Picchu. Follow the Río Blanco Valley, hiking the girth of Humantay, a snowy peak across from Salkantay. We’ll reach the highest point of our trip at 15,213 feet. Admire a vista of snowcapped peaks, then descend to Wayra Lodge (12,812’) where showers and a hot tub await.

TRIP HIGHLIGHTS • Hike the Cordillera de Vilcabamba from one charming mountain lodge to the next, and cap off the trip at Inkaterra Machu Picchu Pueblo Hotel, a National Geographic Unique Lodge of the World.

Wayra Lodge 8 miles hiking (5–7 hours)

DAY 5

I

COLLPAPAMPA

Enjoy a leisurely morning at Wayra Lodge. Today’s hike takes us into increasingly lush vegetation as we head down into the Collpapampa Valley. Tonight, enjoy a pachamanca, a traditional underground stone barbecue.

• Spend a full day exploring Machu Picchu.

Collpa Lodge 6 miles hiking (4 hours)

• Delve into the enchanting world of the Inca during an evening with National Geographic grantee Peter Frost or one of his colleagues.

DAY 6

I

LUCMABAMBA

DAY 7

I

LLACTAPATA/AGUAS CALIENTES

The trail winds uphill toward Llactapata Pass at 8,974 feet, where we’ll catch a glimpse of Machu Picchu in the distance. Explore the ruins of Llactapata, a sacred site for the Inca. Like Machu Picchu, the ruins here were rediscovered by explorer Hiram Bingham in 1911, and National Geographic funded his subsequent excavation. A short train ride brings us to Aguas Calientes, the gateway to Machu Picchu. Settle into our beautiful lodge—a member of the National Geographic Unique Lodges of the World collection—tucked into the cloud forest beneath towering peaks. Inkaterra Machu Picchu Pueblo Hotel 7 miles optional hiking (5–6 hours)

I

MACHU PICCHU

Stacked up a hillside in terraces amid soaring Andean summits, the 15th-century Inca citadel of Machu Picchu is considered one of the new seven wonders of the world. We spend an entire day exploring its breathtaking labyrinth of temples, sanctuaries, and homes. Delve into the site with our guides, learning about the Inca’s sophisticated culture and technology, and discovering the secrets of this royal city lost to the wider world for some 500 years. Inkaterra Machu Picchu Pueblo Hotel Moderate Light Light/Moderate 3–4 miles optional hiking (3–4 hours)

DAY 9

I

Light or Moderate MACHU PICCHU/CUSCO

I

I N F O R M AT I O N While on the trek, we will be hiking 3–7 hours per day (4–11 miles) on moderate to steep grades and at elevations ranging from 6,200 feet to a maximum of 15,300 feet. Vehicle support is limited while hiking, but horses are Maximum available on the trail.

Activity Level

Strenuous

DAT E S

(Lindblad and Scenic Expeditions Only)

This morning, explore the trails surrounding our lodge, examining orchids and watching for exotic birds. We’ll take the train from Aguas Calientes to the Sacred Valley where lunch at a charming restaurant awaits. Continue by private van to Cusco, stopping along the way at a women’s weaving cooperative to learn about their work preserving this traditional art form. Toast our Andean trek at a farewell dinner. Palacio del Inka

DAY 10

I

CUSCO

Explore charming Cusco on your own this morning following breakfast at your leisure. This afternoon we will transfer to the Cusco airport for our flights home.

Hikers trek along the Salkantay route to Machu Picchu.

Inkaterra Machu Picchu Pueblo Hotel, a National Geographic Unique Lodge of the World

Moderate/Strenuous

Continue downhill through the Santa Teresa River Valley. Hike past coffee plantations and tropical fruit orchards, as well as dazzling wildflowers of all colors. Stop alongside the

• Go off the beaten path to explore less visited Inca ruins. Above: The Inca citadel of Machu Picchu was excavated in 1912 with support from National Geographic.

I

Lucma Lodge 9 miles hiking (5–6 hours)

DAY 8

Spend today acclimating to the altitude. You may opt to go on a half-day hike to a stunning glacial lake, or relax in a cozy lounge or a hot tub at the lodge. Meet this evening for a briefing on our trek.

DAY 4

river for a picnic lunch. From here it is a short climb to Lucma Lodge, hidden away among avocado trees.

CALL 1-888-689-2557 OR VISIT NATGEOEXPEDITIONS.COM/ACTIVE

2018:

2019:

Apr. 8–17 Apr. 22–May 1 May 9–18 May 25–June 3 June 23–July 2 July 5–14 July 23–Aug. 1 Aug. 5–14 Aug. 25–Sept. 3 Sept. 9–18 Sept. 30–Oct. 9 Oct. 27–Nov. 5

Apr. 7–16 Apr. 21–30 May. 5–14­­ May 19–28 June 16–25 July 3–12 July 21–30 Aug. 4–13 Aug 17–26 Sept. 8–17 Sept. 29–Oct. 8 Oct. 6–15

COST

$6,295

Price is per person, double occupancy. Single rooms are not available; all travelers will be paired with a same-gender roommate when available. Otherwise, a single supplement of $2,300 will be charged. Airfare to/from Cusco is not included in the cost. All meals are included between group arrival and departure, with the exception of lunch on Days 1 and 10.

Maximum group size: 12

ACCO M M O DAT I O N S We will stay two nights in city hotels, five nights in mountain lodges, and two nights in a National Geographic Unique Lodge.

I

35


P E R U: MACH U P ICCHU IN N TO IN N TREK

ITINERARY DAY 1

I

|

1 0 DAY S

CUSCO

Arrive in Cusco and gather this afternoon for a guided walk through this ancient city, once the capital of the Inca Empire. Later, enjoy a welcome dinner and a lecture by archaeologist and National Geographic grantee Peter Frost or another prominent local anthropologist. Palacio del Inka

DAY 2

I

SORAYPAMPA

Rise early for the drive to our first lodge, stopping along the way to visit the ruins of Tarawasi, an Inca ceremonial center built from precisely carved blocks of granite. Continue to Marcoccasa and set out on an optional hike along the Camino Real. This afternoon, arrive at Salkantay Lodge and take in the breathtaking views. Enjoy some free time, then gather for an evening briefing followed by a hearty meal. Salkantay Lodge 11 miles hiking (4–6 hours)

DAY 3

I

SORAYPAMPA

Salkantay Lodge 4 miles hiking (3–4 hours)

Wind your way from lodge to lodge through the luxuriant forests and snowcapped peaks of Peru’s stunning Cordillera de Vilcabamba. Trek among glaciers and alpine lakes, as well as to local villages and lesser known Inca sites tucked into the slopes. Take in views of dazzling 20,000-footers such as Salkantay, the highest summit in the range and one of the most sacred peaks in Inca mythology. Experience the diverse ecosystems of the Andes, from ice-clad slopes to lush cloud forests and tropical orchards. At the end of each day, settle into a picturesque mountain lodge to enjoy a soak in the hot tub, a cozy fire, and a delicious meal. Then venture deep into the mysteries of the Inca as we explore the breathtaking sanctuary of Machu Picchu.

34

HUAYRAQMACHAY

Rise early to begin our four-day trek to the legendary citadel of Machu Picchu. Follow the Río Blanco Valley, hiking the girth of Humantay, a snowy peak across from Salkantay. We’ll reach the highest point of our trip at 15,213 feet. Admire a vista of snowcapped peaks, then descend to Wayra Lodge (12,812’) where showers and a hot tub await.

TRIP HIGHLIGHTS • Hike the Cordillera de Vilcabamba from one charming mountain lodge to the next, and cap off the trip at Inkaterra Machu Picchu Pueblo Hotel, a National Geographic Unique Lodge of the World.

Wayra Lodge 8 miles hiking (5–7 hours)

DAY 5

I

COLLPAPAMPA

Enjoy a leisurely morning at Wayra Lodge. Today’s hike takes us into increasingly lush vegetation as we head down into the Collpapampa Valley. Tonight, enjoy a pachamanca, a traditional underground stone barbecue.

• Spend a full day exploring Machu Picchu.

Collpa Lodge 6 miles hiking (4 hours)

• Delve into the enchanting world of the Inca during an evening with National Geographic grantee Peter Frost or one of his colleagues.

DAY 6

I

LUCMABAMBA

DAY 7

I

LLACTAPATA/AGUAS CALIENTES

The trail winds uphill toward Llactapata Pass at 8,974 feet, where we’ll catch a glimpse of Machu Picchu in the distance. Explore the ruins of Llactapata, a sacred site for the Inca. Like Machu Picchu, the ruins here were rediscovered by explorer Hiram Bingham in 1911, and National Geographic funded his subsequent excavation. A short train ride brings us to Aguas Calientes, the gateway to Machu Picchu. Settle into our beautiful lodge—a member of the National Geographic Unique Lodges of the World collection—tucked into the cloud forest beneath towering peaks. Inkaterra Machu Picchu Pueblo Hotel 7 miles optional hiking (5–6 hours)

I

MACHU PICCHU

Stacked up a hillside in terraces amid soaring Andean summits, the 15th-century Inca citadel of Machu Picchu is considered one of the new seven wonders of the world. We spend an entire day exploring its breathtaking labyrinth of temples, sanctuaries, and homes. Delve into the site with our guides, learning about the Inca’s sophisticated culture and technology, and discovering the secrets of this royal city lost to the wider world for some 500 years. Inkaterra Machu Picchu Pueblo Hotel Moderate Light Light/Moderate 3–4 miles optional hiking (3–4 hours)

DAY 9

I

Light or Moderate MACHU PICCHU/CUSCO

I

I N F O R M AT I O N While on the trek, we will be hiking 3–7 hours per day (4–11 miles) on moderate to steep grades and at elevations ranging from 6,200 feet to a maximum of 15,300 feet. Vehicle support is limited while hiking, but horses are Maximum available on the trail.

Activity Level

Strenuous

DAT E S

(Lindblad and Scenic Expeditions Only)

This morning, explore the trails surrounding our lodge, examining orchids and watching for exotic birds. We’ll take the train from Aguas Calientes to the Sacred Valley where lunch at a charming restaurant awaits. Continue by private van to Cusco, stopping along the way at a women’s weaving cooperative to learn about their work preserving this traditional art form. Toast our Andean trek at a farewell dinner. Palacio del Inka

DAY 10

I

CUSCO

Explore charming Cusco on your own this morning following breakfast at your leisure. This afternoon we will transfer to the Cusco airport for our flights home.

Hikers trek along the Salkantay route to Machu Picchu.

Inkaterra Machu Picchu Pueblo Hotel, a National Geographic Unique Lodge of the World

Moderate/Strenuous

Continue downhill through the Santa Teresa River Valley. Hike past coffee plantations and tropical fruit orchards, as well as dazzling wildflowers of all colors. Stop alongside the

• Go off the beaten path to explore less visited Inca ruins. Above: The Inca citadel of Machu Picchu was excavated in 1912 with support from National Geographic.

I

Lucma Lodge 9 miles hiking (5–6 hours)

DAY 8

Spend today acclimating to the altitude. You may opt to go on a half-day hike to a stunning glacial lake, or relax in a cozy lounge or a hot tub at the lodge. Meet this evening for a briefing on our trek.

DAY 4

river for a picnic lunch. From here it is a short climb to Lucma Lodge, hidden away among avocado trees.

CALL 1-888-689-2557 OR VISIT NATGEOEXPEDITIONS.COM/ACTIVE

2018:

2019:

Apr. 8–17 Apr. 22–May 1 May 9–18 May 25–June 3 June 23–July 2 July 5–14 July 23–Aug. 1 Aug. 5–14 Aug. 25–Sept. 3 Sept. 9–18 Sept. 30–Oct. 9 Oct. 27–Nov. 5

Apr. 7–16 Apr. 21–30 May. 5–14­­ May 19–28 June 16–25 July 3–12 July 21–30 Aug. 4–13 Aug 17–26 Sept. 8–17 Sept. 29–Oct. 8 Oct. 6–15

COST

$6,295

Price is per person, double occupancy. Single rooms are not available; all travelers will be paired with a same-gender roommate when available. Otherwise, a single supplement of $2,300 will be charged. Airfare to/from Cusco is not included in the cost. All meals are included between group arrival and departure, with the exception of lunch on Days 1 and 10.

Maximum group size: 12

ACCO M M O DAT I O N S We will stay two nights in city hotels, five nights in mountain lodges, and two nights in a National Geographic Unique Lodge.

I

35


N E W Z EAL AND: SOU TH IS LAN D ADVEN T UR E

VI ETN A M , LAOS, A N D C A M BO DI A A DV E N T U R E

TRIP HIGHLIGHTS

TRIP HIGHLIGHTS

• Sea kayak among dolphins and fur seals on the coast of Abel Tasman National Park.

• Sail a traditional-style junk boat in stunning Ha Long Bay, and set out in kayaks to explore secluded lagoons and beaches.

• Explore the Franz Josef Glacier area by foot or on an optional helicopter ride, weather permitting.

ITINERARY DAY 1

I

|

1 2 DAY S

NELSON, NEW ZEALAND

Arrive in Nelson and enjoy time at leisure before our welcome dinner. Rutherford Hotel Nelson

I

DAYS 2 AND 3

ABEL TASMAN NATIONAL PARK

Travel to Abel Tasman National Park and hike the scenic Abel Tasman Coast Track. Spend the next day sea kayaking Tonga Island Marine Reserve. Paddle into inlets and coves, keeping an eye out for dolphins, fur seals, and little blue penguins. From our take-out point, hike the Coast Track back to our lodge. Awaroa Lodge Day 2: 5–6 miles hiking (3–4 hours); Day 3: 1 mile hiking (1 hour), 4–5 miles paddling (4–5 hours)

DAYS 4 AND 5 I BULLER RIVER/ PAPAROA NATIONAL PARK

Continue to Murchison and set out on an exhilarating white-water rafting trip through the Buller Gorge. Overnight in Punakaiki, and then hike along the Pororari River into Paparoa National Park. Visit the Pancake Rocks, then continue to Hokitika for a free afternoon. Punakaiki Resort; Beachfront Hotel Hokitika Day 4: 2–3 hours rafting; Day 5: 6 miles hiking (4 hours) Above: Two hikers wind their way toward Lake Wanaka.

36

I

DAYS 6 AND 7

I

• See Angkor’s spectacular temples by bicycle, and enjoy a picnic among the ruins.

• See the towering limestone formation known as the Pancake Rocks, formed over millions of years.

• Spend time with a Laotian family at their home in Luang Prabang for a Buddhist Baci ceremony and a dinner of local specialties.

• Stargaze and watch for wildlife on Milford Sound.

• Trek across the Laotian countryside and visit secluded hilltribe villages.

OKARITO/FRANZ JOSEF GLACIER

ITINERARY

Hit the trail in Okarito, taking in a panorama I N F O R M AT I O N of soaring, icy peaks. Continue into WorldOn this multi-sport adventure, hikes Activity Level Heritage listed Westland Tai Poutini National range from 1–6 hours (1–6 miles) on Park. The next day, explore the Franz Josef area good trails with moderate elevation gain. On our kayaking excursion, we will padby foot. Weather permitting, book an optional Moderate Moderate/Strenuous Strenuous kayaks Maximum Light Light/Moderate dle stable, two-person for 4–5 flightseeing helicopter ride for views of the hours (4–5 miles). No previous kayaking glacier (at an additional cost). experience is necessary. Te Waonui Forest Retreat Day 6: 5 miles hiking (3 hours); Day 7: 2 miles hiking (2–3 hours)

DAYS 8 AND 9

I

DAT E S

Light or Moderate

(Lindblad and Scenic Expeditions Only)

SOUTHERN ALPS/ WANAKA

Travel into the Southern Alps, crossing the Main Divide on our way to Wanaka. The next day, follow the Matukituki River Valley and hike the Diamond Lake and Rocky Mountain tracks, taking in stunning views of Lake Wanaka. Grand Mercure Oakridge Resort Day 9: 6 miles hiking (4–6 hours)

DAYS 10, 11, AND 12

I

MILFORD SOUND/ QUEENSTOWN

Journey into Fiordland National Park and set sail on the magnificent Milford Sound, cruising the full length with a nature guide. Spend the night on board and transfer to Queenstown the next day for a final free day in the adventure capital of the world before catching your flight home. Milford Mariner or Milford Wanderer; Scenic Suites Queenstown Day 11: 2 miles hiking (3 hours)

2018:

2019:

Nov. 5–16 Nov. 19–30* Dec. 3–14 Dec. 21, 2018– Jan. 1, 2019*

Jan. 7–18 Jan. 21–Feb. 1* Feb. 4–15 Feb. 18–Mar. 1* Mar. 4–15 Mar. 18–29*

DAYS 1, 2, AND 3

DAYS 4 AND 5

I

HANOI

Fly to Hanoi and explore the captivating Old Quarter by rickshaw. If you wish, attend an evening performance of traditional water puppetry. The next morning, trace the life of Ho Chi Minh at his mausoleum and traditional stilt house. Visit the Temple of Literature—Vietnam’s first university.

$8,295

Intercontinental Westlake Hanoi

DAYS 6 AND 7

I

HA LONG BAY

Drive to Ha Long Bay where our private, traditional-style junk awaits. Set sail into waters punctuated by fantastic karst formations. Venture out in kayaks to discover lagoons,

Maximum group size: 16

ACCO M M O DAT I O N S We stay ten nights in comfortable eco-lodges and hotels, and one night on a traditional sailing boat in Milford Sound.

I

HO CHI MINH CITY, VIETNAM/HUE

Renaissance Riverside Hotel Saigon; La Residence Hotel & Spa Hue Day 3: 6–8 miles bicycling (1–2 hours)

Price is per person, double occupancy. For a single room, add $1,500. An optional helicopter ride on Day 7 is not included in the trip cost, and is approximately $200 per person. Airfare to Nelson and return from Queenstown or vice versa is not included in the cost. For the December 21 departure, there is an additional holiday surcharge of $200 per person.All meals between group arrival and departure are included, with the exception of dinner on Day 6 and lunch on Day 7.

CALL 1-888-689-2557 OR VISIT NATGEOEXPEDITIONS.COM/ACTIVE

I

1 3 DAY S

Arrive in Ho Chi Minh City (Saigon). Take a walking tour past the city’s famous sites, including the old Saigon Post Office, Notre Dame Cathedral, Reunification Palace, and Chinatown. Then fly to Hue—former capital of the Nguyen dynasty. Bike along the Perfume River, and explore the Imperial City and citadel.

*These departures follow the itinerary shown but in the reverse order. Please visit our website for the detailed itenerary.

COST

|

Above: A traveler explores the stupas and temples of Angkor Wat.

I

beaches, and the remains of a floating village. Indochina Sails Junk Day 7: 2–6 miles paddling (2–4 hours)

DAYS 8, 9, AND 10

I

LUANG PRABANG, LAOS

Return to Hanoi and fly to the UNESCO World Heritage site of Luang Prabang. Visit some of the city’s many shrines, and join a local familyLight for dinner and a Buddhist Baci ceremony. Spend a day exploring the Laotian countryside. Travel to the village of Ban Nong Heo and join a local guide for a hike, passing through hill forests and plantations. Continue to Ban Thapene where we’ll take an interpretive walk through the village and visit the butterfly park.

I N F O R M AT I O N On Ha Long Bay, we will paddle 2–4 hours per day (2–6 miles). On cycling excursions, we will bike 1–2 hours per day (4–8 miles). Vehicle support is provided. While there is no Strenuous sustained Moderate Moderate/Strenuous hiking, there is ample walking over uneven terrain.

Activity Level

Light/Moderate

DLight AT ES or Moderate

2018:

2019:

Oct. 19–31 Nov. 2–14 Nov. 16–28 Dec. 7–19

Jan. 4–16 Jan. 18–30 Feb. 15–27 Mar. 1–13 Mar. 15–27 Oct. 18–30 Nov. 1–13 Nov. 15–27 Dec. 6–18

2018:

2019:

$6,595

$6,795

(Lindblad and Scenic Expeditions Only)

Kiridara Hotel Day 10: 2–4 miles hiking (2–3 hours)

DAYS 11, 12, AND 13 I LUANG PRABANG/SIEM REAP, CAMBODIA Witness a Buddhist almsgiving and visit Wat Xieng Thong, harboring Buddhist and royal artifacts. Fly to Siem Reap and begin your exploration of the Angkor Archaeological Park with a bike ride around the Roluos temples. Later, visit the ancient Ta Prohm Monastery and the Great City of Angkor Thom. On our final day, watch the sun rise over Angkor Wat and explore the Preah Khan Temple before transferring to the airport for your flight home Shinta Mani Shack resort Day 12: 4–5 miles bicycling (1–2 hours)

CALL 1-888-689-2557 OR VISIT NATGEOEXPEDITIONS.COM/ACTIVE

COST

Prices are per person, double occupancy. For a single room, add $1,200 in 2018 and $1,300 in 2019. Airfare to Ho Chi Minh City and return from Siem Reap and airfare within Southeast Asia are not included in the cost. The group flights within Southeast Asia are $725 per person (subject to change). All meals are included between group arrival and departure, with the exception of dinner on Days 3, 5, and 10.

Maximum group size: 16

ACCO M M O DAT I O N S We will stay ten nights in comfortable hotels and two nights in a traditional-style wooden junk with en suite cabins.

I

37

Maxim


N E W Z EAL AND: SOU TH IS LAN D ADVEN T UR E

VI ETN A M , LAOS, A N D C A M BO DI A A DV E N T U R E

TRIP HIGHLIGHTS

TRIP HIGHLIGHTS

• Sea kayak among dolphins and fur seals on the coast of Abel Tasman National Park.

• Sail a traditional-style junk boat in stunning Ha Long Bay, and set out in kayaks to explore secluded lagoons and beaches.

• Explore the Franz Josef Glacier area by foot or on an optional helicopter ride, weather permitting.

ITINERARY DAY 1

I

|

1 2 DAY S

NELSON, NEW ZEALAND

Arrive in Nelson and enjoy time at leisure before our welcome dinner. Rutherford Hotel Nelson

I

DAYS 2 AND 3

ABEL TASMAN NATIONAL PARK

Travel to Abel Tasman National Park and hike the scenic Abel Tasman Coast Track. Spend the next day sea kayaking Tonga Island Marine Reserve. Paddle into inlets and coves, keeping an eye out for dolphins, fur seals, and little blue penguins. From our take-out point, hike the Coast Track back to our lodge. Awaroa Lodge Day 2: 5–6 miles hiking (3–4 hours); Day 3: 1 mile hiking (1 hour), 4–5 miles paddling (4–5 hours)

DAYS 4 AND 5 I BULLER RIVER/ PAPAROA NATIONAL PARK

Continue to Murchison and set out on an exhilarating white-water rafting trip through the Buller Gorge. Overnight in Punakaiki, and then hike along the Pororari River into Paparoa National Park. Visit the Pancake Rocks, then continue to Hokitika for a free afternoon. Punakaiki Resort; Beachfront Hotel Hokitika Day 4: 2–3 hours rafting; Day 5: 6 miles hiking (4 hours) Above: Two hikers wind their way toward Lake Wanaka.

36

I

DAYS 6 AND 7

I

• See Angkor’s spectacular temples by bicycle, and enjoy a picnic among the ruins.

• See the towering limestone formation known as the Pancake Rocks, formed over millions of years.

• Spend time with a Laotian family at their home in Luang Prabang for a Buddhist Baci ceremony and a dinner of local specialties.

• Stargaze and watch for wildlife on Milford Sound.

• Trek across the Laotian countryside and visit secluded hilltribe villages.

OKARITO/FRANZ JOSEF GLACIER

ITINERARY

Hit the trail in Okarito, taking in a panorama I N F O R M AT I O N of soaring, icy peaks. Continue into WorldOn this multi-sport adventure, hikes Activity Level Heritage listed Westland Tai Poutini National range from 1–6 hours (1–6 miles) on Park. The next day, explore the Franz Josef area good trails with moderate elevation gain. On our kayaking excursion, we will padby foot. Weather permitting, book an optional Moderate Moderate/Strenuous Strenuous kayaks Maximum Light Light/Moderate dle stable, two-person for 4–5 flightseeing helicopter ride for views of the hours (4–5 miles). No previous kayaking glacier (at an additional cost). experience is necessary. Te Waonui Forest Retreat Day 6: 5 miles hiking (3 hours); Day 7: 2 miles hiking (2–3 hours)

DAYS 8 AND 9

I

DAT E S

Light or Moderate

(Lindblad and Scenic Expeditions Only)

SOUTHERN ALPS/ WANAKA

Travel into the Southern Alps, crossing the Main Divide on our way to Wanaka. The next day, follow the Matukituki River Valley and hike the Diamond Lake and Rocky Mountain tracks, taking in stunning views of Lake Wanaka. Grand Mercure Oakridge Resort Day 9: 6 miles hiking (4–6 hours)

DAYS 10, 11, AND 12

I

MILFORD SOUND/ QUEENSTOWN

Journey into Fiordland National Park and set sail on the magnificent Milford Sound, cruising the full length with a nature guide. Spend the night on board and transfer to Queenstown the next day for a final free day in the adventure capital of the world before catching your flight home. Milford Mariner or Milford Wanderer; Scenic Suites Queenstown Day 11: 2 miles hiking (3 hours)

2018:

2019:

Nov. 5–16 Nov. 19–30* Dec. 3–14 Dec. 21, 2018– Jan. 1, 2019*

Jan. 7–18 Jan. 21–Feb. 1* Feb. 4–15 Feb. 18–Mar. 1* Mar. 4–15 Mar. 18–29*

DAYS 1, 2, AND 3

DAYS 4 AND 5

I

HANOI

Fly to Hanoi and explore the captivating Old Quarter by rickshaw. If you wish, attend an evening performance of traditional water puppetry. The next morning, trace the life of Ho Chi Minh at his mausoleum and traditional stilt house. Visit the Temple of Literature—Vietnam’s first university.

$8,295

Intercontinental Westlake Hanoi

DAYS 6 AND 7

I

HA LONG BAY

Drive to Ha Long Bay where our private, traditional-style junk awaits. Set sail into waters punctuated by fantastic karst formations. Venture out in kayaks to discover lagoons,

Maximum group size: 16

ACCO M M O DAT I O N S We stay ten nights in comfortable eco-lodges and hotels, and one night on a traditional sailing boat in Milford Sound.

I

HO CHI MINH CITY, VIETNAM/HUE

Renaissance Riverside Hotel Saigon; La Residence Hotel & Spa Hue Day 3: 6–8 miles bicycling (1–2 hours)

Price is per person, double occupancy. For a single room, add $1,500. An optional helicopter ride on Day 7 is not included in the trip cost, and is approximately $200 per person. Airfare to Nelson and return from Queenstown or vice versa is not included in the cost. For the December 21 departure, there is an additional holiday surcharge of $200 per person.All meals between group arrival and departure are included, with the exception of dinner on Day 6 and lunch on Day 7.

CALL 1-888-689-2557 OR VISIT NATGEOEXPEDITIONS.COM/ACTIVE

I

1 3 DAY S

Arrive in Ho Chi Minh City (Saigon). Take a walking tour past the city’s famous sites, including the old Saigon Post Office, Notre Dame Cathedral, Reunification Palace, and Chinatown. Then fly to Hue—former capital of the Nguyen dynasty. Bike along the Perfume River, and explore the Imperial City and citadel.

*These departures follow the itinerary shown but in the reverse order. Please visit our website for the detailed itenerary.

COST

|

Above: A traveler explores the stupas and temples of Angkor Wat.

I

beaches, and the remains of a floating village. Indochina Sails Junk Day 7: 2–6 miles paddling (2–4 hours)

DAYS 8, 9, AND 10

I

LUANG PRABANG, LAOS

Return to Hanoi and fly to the UNESCO World Heritage site of Luang Prabang. Visit some of the city’s many shrines, and join a local familyLight for dinner and a Buddhist Baci ceremony. Spend a day exploring the Laotian countryside. Travel to the village of Ban Nong Heo and join a local guide for a hike, passing through hill forests and plantations. Continue to Ban Thapene where we’ll take an interpretive walk through the village and visit the butterfly park.

I N F O R M AT I O N On Ha Long Bay, we will paddle 2–4 hours per day (2–6 miles). On cycling excursions, we will bike 1–2 hours per day (4–8 miles). Vehicle support is provided. While there is no Strenuous sustained Moderate Moderate/Strenuous hiking, there is ample walking over uneven terrain.

Activity Level

Light/Moderate

DLight AT ES or Moderate

2018:

2019:

Oct. 19–31 Nov. 2–14 Nov. 16–28 Dec. 7–19

Jan. 4–16 Jan. 18–30 Feb. 15–27 Mar. 1–13 Mar. 15–27 Oct. 18–30 Nov. 1–13 Nov. 15–27 Dec. 6–18

2018:

2019:

$6,595

$6,795

(Lindblad and Scenic Expeditions Only)

Kiridara Hotel Day 10: 2–4 miles hiking (2–3 hours)

DAYS 11, 12, AND 13 I LUANG PRABANG/SIEM REAP, CAMBODIA Witness a Buddhist almsgiving and visit Wat Xieng Thong, harboring Buddhist and royal artifacts. Fly to Siem Reap and begin your exploration of the Angkor Archaeological Park with a bike ride around the Roluos temples. Later, visit the ancient Ta Prohm Monastery and the Great City of Angkor Thom. On our final day, watch the sun rise over Angkor Wat and explore the Preah Khan Temple before transferring to the airport for your flight home Shinta Mani Shack resort Day 12: 4–5 miles bicycling (1–2 hours)

CALL 1-888-689-2557 OR VISIT NATGEOEXPEDITIONS.COM/ACTIVE

COST

Prices are per person, double occupancy. For a single room, add $1,200 in 2018 and $1,300 in 2019. Airfare to Ho Chi Minh City and return from Siem Reap and airfare within Southeast Asia are not included in the cost. The group flights within Southeast Asia are $725 per person (subject to change). All meals are included between group arrival and departure, with the exception of dinner on Days 3, 5, and 10.

Maximum group size: 16

ACCO M M O DAT I O N S We will stay ten nights in comfortable hotels and two nights in a traditional-style wooden junk with en suite cabins.

I

37

Maxim


JAPA N H IKING A N D CU LTU RAL ADVEN T UR E

N EPA L: EVER ES T BA S E C A M P T R E K

TRIP HIGHLIGHTS

TRIP HIGHLIGHTS

• Spend four days hiking the Kumano Kodo, one of only a few pilgrimage routes in the world designated a UNESCO World Heritage site.

• Trek to the foot of breathtaking Everest, the world’s tallest mountain. • Set out on challenging hikes to Kala Pattar (18,192'), Nangkartshang Peak (16,672'), and Everest Base Camp (17,590').

• Walk past burial mounds and paddies in the ancient capital of Asuka, and enjoy a private performance by a taiko drummer.

• Explore Sherpa villages and ancient monasteries.

• Take part in a tea ceremony in Kyoto, and visit a Zen temple that is normally closed to the public.

• Special departure: National Geographic Emerging Explorer and Adventurer of the Year Wasfia Nazreen joins the April 2018 departure.

• Settle into a Japanese ryokan and soak in one of the oldest hot springs in Japan.

ITINERARY DAYS 1 AND 2

I

|

Organic Hotel Kiri-no-sato Takahara; Fujiya Ryokan Day 3: 3 miles hiking (2 hours); Day 4: 7 miles hiking (4 hours); Day 5: 8 miles hiking (4 hours); Day 6: 2–6 miles hiking (1–5 hours)

1 1 DAY S

OSAKA, JAPAN/ASUKA

Arrive in Osaka and enjoy a welcome dinner at a local restaurant. Journey by train to Asuka, home to some of Japan’s first Buddhist temples. Explore the town on foot, then watch a private performance by a taiko drummer and try your hand at drumming. Weather permitting, meet a farming family for a picnic lunch. Return to Osaka for dinner.

DAYS 7 AND 8

I

KUMANO KODO

I

KYOTO

Visit Nijo Castle to see work by artists from the Kano school. Then tour the Higashiyama District, stroll the Philosopher’s Path, and venture into the Zen gardens of Nanzen-ji temple. The next day, meet an apprentice geisha and learn about her ancient art. Take part in a Japanese tea ceremony, and enjoy a specially arranged visit to a Zen temple normally closed to the public. Transfer to the airport to catch your flight home. Royal Park Hotel The Kyoto Day 9: 2–3 miles walking (4 hours)

Above: Japanese pilgrims in traditional dress hike the Kumano Kodo.

I

Activity Level

Hotel Urashima; Royal Park Hotel The Kyoto

DAYS 9–11

1 9 DAY S

Arrive in Kathmandu and spend a day exploring the city. Then fly to Lukla (9,200') to meet our Sherpa guides and begin our trek, descending 1,500 feet to the Dudh Kosi (River of Milk). Follow the trail to the village of Phakding.

I N F O R M AT I O N

(Lindblad and Scenic Expeditions Only)

Travel overland to Takijiri and set off on the Nakahechi trail, part of a network of ancient pilgrimage routes known as the Kumano Kodo. The rich spiritual history of the region is evident along our route, which links three important shrines and is scattered with smaller shrines called oji. Warm up with a short hike to Takahara, and spend the next day trekking through lush cedar forests to Chikatsuyu. Travel to Hosshinmon-oji by bus and hike through ridge-top villages before descending to the Hongu Taisha, one of the grand shrines of the Kumano Sanzan. The final leg of our journey takes us along a forested trail to the Kawayu Onsen and offers spectacular valley views along the way. 38

KANSAI REGION/KYOTO

|

Join National Geographic Adventurer and Explorer Wasfia Nazreen on a special departure, and enjoy her firsthand perspective on scaling the world’s tallest peak. See website for details.

DAYS 1­, 2, AND 3 I KATHMANDU, NEPAL/ LUKLA, BEGIN TREK TO PHAKDING

Cruise along the Kumano River on a scenic boat ride. Visit Hayatama Taisha, another one of Kumano Kodo’s pilgrimage shrines, and Light/Moderate Moderate Light continue to our hotel overlooking Katsuura Bay. The next day, visit Nachi Taisha, the final of the three Grand Shrines of Kumano, andLight see or Moderate D A T E S the nearby Nachi waterfall, one of the tallest in Japan. Journey by private coach to Kyoto.

Osaka Marriott Miyako Day 2: 5 miles hiking (3-4 hours)

DAYS 3–6

I

ITINERARY

We will hike 2–4 hours per day (1–8 miles) on well-worn paths with some steep rocky terrain or stairs. During hikes on the Kumano Kodo trail, transportation by local Moderate/Strenuous Maximumnot bus is availableStrenuous for those who prefer to walk. Vehicle support is provided on all other days

2018:

2019:

Apr. 5–15 Apr. 12–22 May 10–20 July 12–22 Sept. 20–30 Oct. 15–25 Nov. 10–20 Nov. 12–22

Apr. 11–21 May 9–19 July 11–21 Sept. 19–29 Sept. 30–Oct. 10 Oct. 14–24

COST

Shangri-La Hotel Kathmandu; Mountain Lodge Day 3: 5 miles hiking (3 hours)

DAYS 4–8 I NAMCHE BAZAAR/THAMI/ KHUMJUNG/TENGBOCHE/DEBUCHE The trail continues north to Monjo, where it officially enters Sagarmatha (Everest) National Park. A steep climb brings us to Namche Bazaar, where we’ll spend an extra day to acclimatize, then trek to the remote village of Thami. After exploring Thami Monastery (13,000'), hike uphill toward Khumjung to visit a school Sir Edmund Hillary established in 1961. The next day, set out to Tengboche Monastery, then descend to Debuche.

$7,695

Mountain Lodges Day 4: 6 miles hiking (5–6 hours); Day 5: 3–4 miles hiking (2–3 hours); Day 6: 2–3 miles hiking (4–5 hours); Day 7: 7 miles hiking (5–6 hours); Day 8: 7–8 miles hiking (5–6 hours)

Maximum group size: 15

ACCO M M O DAT I O N S We will spend six nights in comfortable hotels and four nights in a ryokan (traditional Japanese guesthouse). There will be two nights during which we will be without our luggage and will carry what we need in our day packs.

I

I

PHERICHE/LOBUJE/ GORAK SHEP

While on the trek, we will be hiking 4–10 hours per day (2–10 miles), on moderate to steep grades at elevations ranging from 9,300 feet to a maximum of 18,200 feet. Porters and pack animals will transport our gear. Participants should be in excellent health (a signed medical form from your doctor will be required).

Activity Level

Hike to Pheriche, with the stunning peak of Ama Moderate Strenuous Maximum DablamLight/Moderate towering overhead. Take Moderate/Strenuous an optional 2,100-foot climb to Nangkartshang Peak (16,672’) to see three of the six highest peaks in the world. Hike Light or Moderate to Lobuje, walk to the edge of the Khumbu Glacier, DAT E S and hike to the village of Gorak Shep. Climb up Kala Pattar (18,192') for dramatic views of Everest.

Light

(Lindblad and Scenic Expeditions Only)

Price is per person, double occupancy. For a single room, add $1,200. Airfare to/from Osaka is not included in the cost. All meals are included between group arrival and departure, with the exception of lunch on Day 6 and Day 9, and dinner on Day 9.

CALL 1-888-689-2557 OR VISIT NATGEOEXPEDITIONS.COM/ACTIVE

DAYS 9–12

I N F O R M AT I O N

Above: A hiker celebrates his trek as he reaches Khumbu Glacier.

I

Mountain Lodges Day 9: 6 miles hiking (5–6 hours); Day 10: 5 miles hiking (6–7 hours); Day 11: 4 miles hiking (5–6 hours); Day 12: 5 miles optional hiking (2–3 hours)

DAYS 13–19 I EVEREST BASE CAMP/ DESCENT TO LUKLA/KATHMANDU Weather permitting, embark on the final climb to Everest Base Camp. Return to Lobuje and then Debuche. Hike down to the Dudh Kosi and climb to Namche Bazaar for the night, then continue back to Lukla. Fly to Kathmandu, and visit the ancient city of Bhaktapur. Depart from Kathmandu on the final day. Mountain Lodges; Shangri-La Hotel Kathmandu Day 13: 9 miles hiking (9–10 hours); Day 14: 9–10 miles hiking (6–7 hours); Day 15: 8–9 miles hiking (5–7 hours); Day 16: 9 miles hiking (8 hours)

CALL 1-888-689-2557 OR VISIT NATGEOEXPEDITIONS.COM/ACTIVE

2018:

2019:

Apr. 13–May 1* May 10–28 Oct. 13–31 Nov. 3–21

Apr. 13–May 1 May 10–28 Oct. 13–31 Nov. 2–20

*Special guest Wasfia Nazreen will accompany this departure. See our website for pricing.

COST

$6,095

Price is per person, double occupancy. For a single room, add $900. Airfare to/from Kathmandu and within Nepal is not included in the adventure cost. The group flight within Nepal is $380 per person (subject to change). All meals are included between group arrival and departure, with the exception of lunch on Days 2, 17, and 18, and dinner on Days 2 and 17.

Maximum group size: 16

ACCO M M O DAT I O N S We will stay four nights in comfortable Nepalese-style hotels, and 14 nights in simple, rustic mountain lodges with shared basic facilities.

I

39


JAPA N H IKING A N D CU LTU RAL ADVEN T UR E

N EPA L: EVER ES T BA S E C A M P T R E K

TRIP HIGHLIGHTS

TRIP HIGHLIGHTS

• Spend four days hiking the Kumano Kodo, one of only a few pilgrimage routes in the world designated a UNESCO World Heritage site.

• Trek to the foot of breathtaking Everest, the world’s tallest mountain. • Set out on challenging hikes to Kala Pattar (18,192'), Nangkartshang Peak (16,672'), and Everest Base Camp (17,590').

• Walk past burial mounds and paddies in the ancient capital of Asuka, and enjoy a private performance by a taiko drummer.

• Explore Sherpa villages and ancient monasteries.

• Take part in a tea ceremony in Kyoto, and visit a Zen temple that is normally closed to the public.

• Special departure: National Geographic Emerging Explorer and Adventurer of the Year Wasfia Nazreen joins the April 2018 departure.

• Settle into a Japanese ryokan and soak in one of the oldest hot springs in Japan.

ITINERARY DAYS 1 AND 2

I

|

Organic Hotel Kiri-no-sato Takahara; Fujiya Ryokan Day 3: 3 miles hiking (2 hours); Day 4: 7 miles hiking (4 hours); Day 5: 8 miles hiking (4 hours); Day 6: 2–6 miles hiking (1–5 hours)

1 1 DAY S

OSAKA, JAPAN/ASUKA

Arrive in Osaka and enjoy a welcome dinner at a local restaurant. Journey by train to Asuka, home to some of Japan’s first Buddhist temples. Explore the town on foot, then watch a private performance by a taiko drummer and try your hand at drumming. Weather permitting, meet a farming family for a picnic lunch. Return to Osaka for dinner.

DAYS 7 AND 8

I

KUMANO KODO

I

KYOTO

Visit Nijo Castle to see work by artists from the Kano school. Then tour the Higashiyama District, stroll the Philosopher’s Path, and venture into the Zen gardens of Nanzen-ji temple. The next day, meet an apprentice geisha and learn about her ancient art. Take part in a Japanese tea ceremony, and enjoy a specially arranged visit to a Zen temple normally closed to the public. Transfer to the airport to catch your flight home. Royal Park Hotel The Kyoto Day 9: 2–3 miles walking (4 hours)

Above: Japanese pilgrims in traditional dress hike the Kumano Kodo.

I

Activity Level

Hotel Urashima; Royal Park Hotel The Kyoto

DAYS 9–11

1 9 DAY S

Arrive in Kathmandu and spend a day exploring the city. Then fly to Lukla (9,200') to meet our Sherpa guides and begin our trek, descending 1,500 feet to the Dudh Kosi (River of Milk). Follow the trail to the village of Phakding.

I N F O R M AT I O N

(Lindblad and Scenic Expeditions Only)

Travel overland to Takijiri and set off on the Nakahechi trail, part of a network of ancient pilgrimage routes known as the Kumano Kodo. The rich spiritual history of the region is evident along our route, which links three important shrines and is scattered with smaller shrines called oji. Warm up with a short hike to Takahara, and spend the next day trekking through lush cedar forests to Chikatsuyu. Travel to Hosshinmon-oji by bus and hike through ridge-top villages before descending to the Hongu Taisha, one of the grand shrines of the Kumano Sanzan. The final leg of our journey takes us along a forested trail to the Kawayu Onsen and offers spectacular valley views along the way. 38

KANSAI REGION/KYOTO

|

Join National Geographic Adventurer and Explorer Wasfia Nazreen on a special departure, and enjoy her firsthand perspective on scaling the world’s tallest peak. See website for details.

DAYS 1­, 2, AND 3 I KATHMANDU, NEPAL/ LUKLA, BEGIN TREK TO PHAKDING

Cruise along the Kumano River on a scenic boat ride. Visit Hayatama Taisha, another one of Kumano Kodo’s pilgrimage shrines, and Light/Moderate Moderate Light continue to our hotel overlooking Katsuura Bay. The next day, visit Nachi Taisha, the final of the three Grand Shrines of Kumano, andLight see or Moderate D A T E S the nearby Nachi waterfall, one of the tallest in Japan. Journey by private coach to Kyoto.

Osaka Marriott Miyako Day 2: 5 miles hiking (3-4 hours)

DAYS 3–6

I

ITINERARY

We will hike 2–4 hours per day (1–8 miles) on well-worn paths with some steep rocky terrain or stairs. During hikes on the Kumano Kodo trail, transportation by local Moderate/Strenuous Maximumnot bus is availableStrenuous for those who prefer to walk. Vehicle support is provided on all other days

2018:

2019:

Apr. 5–15 Apr. 12–22 May 10–20 July 12–22 Sept. 20–30 Oct. 15–25 Nov. 10–20 Nov. 12–22

Apr. 11–21 May 9–19 July 11–21 Sept. 19–29 Sept. 30–Oct. 10 Oct. 14–24

COST

Shangri-La Hotel Kathmandu; Mountain Lodge Day 3: 5 miles hiking (3 hours)

DAYS 4–8 I NAMCHE BAZAAR/THAMI/ KHUMJUNG/TENGBOCHE/DEBUCHE The trail continues north to Monjo, where it officially enters Sagarmatha (Everest) National Park. A steep climb brings us to Namche Bazaar, where we’ll spend an extra day to acclimatize, then trek to the remote village of Thami. After exploring Thami Monastery (13,000'), hike uphill toward Khumjung to visit a school Sir Edmund Hillary established in 1961. The next day, set out to Tengboche Monastery, then descend to Debuche.

$7,695

Mountain Lodges Day 4: 6 miles hiking (5–6 hours); Day 5: 3–4 miles hiking (2–3 hours); Day 6: 2–3 miles hiking (4–5 hours); Day 7: 7 miles hiking (5–6 hours); Day 8: 7–8 miles hiking (5–6 hours)

Maximum group size: 15

ACCO M M O DAT I O N S We will spend six nights in comfortable hotels and four nights in a ryokan (traditional Japanese guesthouse). There will be two nights during which we will be without our luggage and will carry what we need in our day packs.

I

I

PHERICHE/LOBUJE/ GORAK SHEP

While on the trek, we will be hiking 4–10 hours per day (2–10 miles), on moderate to steep grades at elevations ranging from 9,300 feet to a maximum of 18,200 feet. Porters and pack animals will transport our gear. Participants should be in excellent health (a signed medical form from your doctor will be required).

Activity Level

Hike to Pheriche, with the stunning peak of Ama Moderate Strenuous Maximum DablamLight/Moderate towering overhead. Take Moderate/Strenuous an optional 2,100-foot climb to Nangkartshang Peak (16,672’) to see three of the six highest peaks in the world. Hike Light or Moderate to Lobuje, walk to the edge of the Khumbu Glacier, DAT E S and hike to the village of Gorak Shep. Climb up Kala Pattar (18,192') for dramatic views of Everest.

Light

(Lindblad and Scenic Expeditions Only)

Price is per person, double occupancy. For a single room, add $1,200. Airfare to/from Osaka is not included in the cost. All meals are included between group arrival and departure, with the exception of lunch on Day 6 and Day 9, and dinner on Day 9.

CALL 1-888-689-2557 OR VISIT NATGEOEXPEDITIONS.COM/ACTIVE

DAYS 9–12

I N F O R M AT I O N

Above: A hiker celebrates his trek as he reaches Khumbu Glacier.

I

Mountain Lodges Day 9: 6 miles hiking (5–6 hours); Day 10: 5 miles hiking (6–7 hours); Day 11: 4 miles hiking (5–6 hours); Day 12: 5 miles optional hiking (2–3 hours)

DAYS 13–19 I EVEREST BASE CAMP/ DESCENT TO LUKLA/KATHMANDU Weather permitting, embark on the final climb to Everest Base Camp. Return to Lobuje and then Debuche. Hike down to the Dudh Kosi and climb to Namche Bazaar for the night, then continue back to Lukla. Fly to Kathmandu, and visit the ancient city of Bhaktapur. Depart from Kathmandu on the final day. Mountain Lodges; Shangri-La Hotel Kathmandu Day 13: 9 miles hiking (9–10 hours); Day 14: 9–10 miles hiking (6–7 hours); Day 15: 8–9 miles hiking (5–7 hours); Day 16: 9 miles hiking (8 hours)

CALL 1-888-689-2557 OR VISIT NATGEOEXPEDITIONS.COM/ACTIVE

2018:

2019:

Apr. 13–May 1* May 10–28 Oct. 13–31 Nov. 3–21

Apr. 13–May 1 May 10–28 Oct. 13–31 Nov. 2–20

*Special guest Wasfia Nazreen will accompany this departure. See our website for pricing.

COST

$6,095

Price is per person, double occupancy. For a single room, add $900. Airfare to/from Kathmandu and within Nepal is not included in the adventure cost. The group flight within Nepal is $380 per person (subject to change). All meals are included between group arrival and departure, with the exception of lunch on Days 2, 17, and 18, and dinner on Days 2 and 17.

Maximum group size: 16

ACCO M M O DAT I O N S We will stay four nights in comfortable Nepalese-style hotels, and 14 nights in simple, rustic mountain lodges with shared basic facilities.

I

39


B O R NEO WIL DL IF E ADVEN TU RE

M O N G O LI A N H O R S E TR EK

TRIP HIGHLIGHTS

TRIP HIGHLIGHTS

• Observe orangutans and Malayan sun bears up close at conservation centers in Sepilok.

• View the Mongolian countryside from the perspective of a nomad, traveling primarily on horseback.

• Set out on safari in Tabin Wildlife Reserve, home to nine primate species, three cat species, and some 220 species of birds.

• Listen to khoomii, or throat singing, at the National Dance Ensemble.

• Walk through the canopy of a 130 million-yearold virgin rain forest, looking out for orangutans, civets, and exotic birds.

• Experience the color, passion, and pageantry of a local Naadam festival. • Explore the 16th-century Erdene Zhu Monastery and meet its head lama (his schedule permitting).

• Stay at Sukau Rainforest Lodge, a National Geographic Unique Lodge of the World, and explore jungle waterways by boat.

ITINERARY DAYS 1­AND 2

I

|

1 1 DAY S

SANDAKAN, MALAYSIA/SEPILOK

Arrive in Sandakan on Malaysian Borneo’s eastern coast. Head to the Kabili-Sepilok Forest Reserve and join scientists at an orangutan rehabilitation center to observe the primates and learn about on-site projects. Continue to the reserve’s Rainforest Discovery Centre for an afternoon of jungle trekking, and take an evening canopy walk amid the treetops. Sepilok Nature Resort Day 2: 1–2 miles hiking (1–2 hours)

DAYS 3–6

I

KINABATANGAN RIVER/ TABIN WILDLIFE RESERVE

Enjoy a behind-the-scenes tour of the Bornean Sun Bear Conservation Centre before continuing to Sukau Rainforest Lodge, a National Geographic Unique Lodge of the World located on the Kinabatangan River. From here, we set out on a variety of day and night hikes and river safaris, looking for orangutans, proboscis monkeys, and much more. Next, journey into the Tabin Wildlife Reserve, home to nine primate species, three cat species, and some 220 species of birds. Hike to a bubbling mud volcano, which attracts many different animals, and learn about Sumatran rhino conservation Above: A baby orangutan makes itself comfortable on its dangling mother.

40

I

efforts during a meeting with the executive director of the Borneo Rhino Alliance. Sukau Rainforest Lodge; Tabin Wildlife Resort Day 3: 1–2 miles hiking (1–2 hours); Day 6: 1–2 miles hiking (1–2 hours)

DAYS 7, 8, AND 9 I DANUM VALLEY CONSERVATION AREA

Travel to the valley of the Danum River, known for its 169 square miles of virtually undisturbed primary rain forest. Spend three days explor- Light ing the many nature trails. Keep an eye out for rare species, including the reclusive clouded leopard, Bornean gibbon, and maroon langur. Birdlife here is incredibly diverse, with some 275 recorded species. Watch a dazzling sunrise over the valley from atop an observation tower. Hike to a nearby waterfall, go on a canopy walk in the treetops surrounding our lodge, and venture out on night safaris. Borneo Rainforest Lodge Day 7: 1–2 miles hiking (2 hours); Day 8: 1–2 miles hiking (1–2 hours)

DAYS 10 AND 11 I DANUM VALLEY CONSERVATION AREA/KOTA KINABALU

Set out on a final wildlife walk through the forest. Then travel to Lahad Datu, where we catch a flight to Kota Kinabalu. Enjoy a farewell dinner, and depart for home the following day. Hyatt Regency Kinabalu Day 10: 1–2 miles hiking (1–2 hours)

ITINERARY

|

1 4 DAY S

DAYS 1­–5 I ULAANBAATAR, MONGOLIA KHARKHORIN/BULGAN SUM

Arrive in Ulaanbaatar and spend a day exploring the city, then gather for a traditional Mongolian feast. Visit the National Museum of Mongolia to learn about the country’s rich history, and see a traditional dance and throat-singing performance at the National Dance Ensemble. Journey to Kharkhorin to see the ruins of Karakorum, Genghis Khan’s legendary capital. Then venture into the 16thcentury Erdene Zhu Monastery to meet with the head lama, as his schedule permits. Settle into the Lapis Sky Ger Camp near Bulgan Sum. Brush up on your horseback skills during a warm-up ride, and visit with a nomadic family to experience their way of life. Return to Bulgan Sum by horse or jeep.

I N F O R M AT I O N Activity Level

Light/Moderate

DAT E S Light or Moderate

(Lindblad and Scenic Expeditions Only)

COST

This is primarily a wildlife viewing trip. We will hike 1–2 hours per day (1–2 miles) on uneven trails over moderate grades at low elevations in hot and Moderate Moderate/Strenuous Strenuous humid conditions.

2018:

2019:

Mar. 13–23 Apr. 9–19 Sept. 17–27 Oct. 1–11 Oct. 15–25

Mar. 11–21 Apr. 1–11 Sept. 16–26 Oct. 7–17 Oct. 21–31

2018:

2019:

$7,695

$7,895

Maximum

Tuushin Hotel; Ger Camp; Lapis Sky Ger Camp Day 5: 9 miles optional horse riding (3 hours)

Prices are per person, double occupancy. For a single room, add $1,300 in 2018 and $1500 in 2019. Airfare to Sandakan and return from Kota Kinabalu is not included in the cost. All meals between group arrival and departure are included.

DAYS 6–10

I

HORSE TREK

Enjoy a day to take photo walks, go fishing, and spend time with nomadic families before a Mongolian barbecue. Then set out on horseback across the sweeping steppe to Tolgin Butts, where we camp in a peaceful meadow. An invigorating ride over spectacular mountain

Maximum group size: 16

ACCO M M O DAT I O N S We will stay three nights in comfortable hotels, five nights in lodges, and two nights in a National Geographic Unique Lodge. On two of the nights in lodges, rooms may not have air conditioning, but are equipped with fans.

passes brings us to Mandal Mountain, a sacred place for the Mongols. Explore the area on foot, and attend a Buddhist ceremony on top of the mountain. Camping; Lapis Sky Ger Camp Day 7: 9 miles riding (3 hours); Day 8: 12 miles riding (5 hours); Day 9: 3 miles optional riding (1 hour); Day 10: 21 miles optional horse riding (4 hours)

DAYS 11–14

I

NAADAM FESTIVAL/ Light ULAANBAATAR

I N F O R M AT I O N Activity Level

Light/Moderate

Take part in a once-in-a-lifetime experience at a local Naadam festival near our camp. Light or Moderate Naadam takes place every summer throughout Mongolia, pitting men and boys against each other in age-old contests of manliness and physical prowess. Young men train all year to compete in the three events: bareback horse racing, wrestling, and archery. Witness the excitement up close, taking photographs in the middle of the action and even trying your hand at some of the sports after the competition. During a day of leisure at Lapis Sky, opt to set out on a final horseback ride, go hiking or fishing, or practice yoga or archery. The next day, journey back to Ulaanbaatar, arriving in the afternoon before our farewell dinner. Depart for home the next day.

(Lindblad and Scenic Expeditions Only)

Lapis Sky Ger Camp; Tuushin Hotel

Above: Horsemen in traditional dress on the grasslands of Mongolia.. CALL 1-888-689-2557 OR VISIT NATGEOEXPEDITIONS.COM/ACTIVE

I

I

Moderate

CALL 1-888-689-2557 OR VISIT NATGEOEXPEDITIONS.COM/ACTIVE

This horseback-riding adventure is suitable for beginners and experts alike; no previous experience is necessary. Due to the size of the horses, there is a Moderate/Strenuous Maximum rider-weightStrenuous maximum of 195 pounds. We will have a four-day horse trek, riding 1–5 hours per day (3–12 miles) with options for more, or less, riding on most days. The trek will be supported by jeeps.

DAT E S

COST

2018:

2019:

June 14–27 July 1–14 July 20–Aug. 2 Aug. 9–22

June 10–23 July 1–14 July 22–Aug. 4 Aug. 12–25

2018:

2019:

$6,595

$6,695

Prices are per person, double occupancy. For a single room, add $950. Airfare to/from Ulaanbaatar is not included in the cost. All meals are included between group arrival and departure.

Maximum group size: 16

ACCO M M O DAT I O N S We will stay seven nights in traditional Mongolian gers (feltlined yurts with shared facilities), three nights camping in backpacking-style tents, and three nights in the best available hotels.

I

41


B O R NEO WIL DL IF E ADVEN TU RE

M O N G O LI A N H O R S E TR EK

TRIP HIGHLIGHTS

TRIP HIGHLIGHTS

• Observe orangutans and Malayan sun bears up close at conservation centers in Sepilok.

• View the Mongolian countryside from the perspective of a nomad, traveling primarily on horseback.

• Set out on safari in Tabin Wildlife Reserve, home to nine primate species, three cat species, and some 220 species of birds.

• Listen to khoomii, or throat singing, at the National Dance Ensemble.

• Walk through the canopy of a 130 million-yearold virgin rain forest, looking out for orangutans, civets, and exotic birds.

• Experience the color, passion, and pageantry of a local Naadam festival. • Explore the 16th-century Erdene Zhu Monastery and meet its head lama (his schedule permitting).

• Stay at Sukau Rainforest Lodge, a National Geographic Unique Lodge of the World, and explore jungle waterways by boat.

ITINERARY DAYS 1­AND 2

I

|

1 1 DAY S

SANDAKAN, MALAYSIA/SEPILOK

Arrive in Sandakan on Malaysian Borneo’s eastern coast. Head to the Kabili-Sepilok Forest Reserve and join scientists at an orangutan rehabilitation center to observe the primates and learn about on-site projects. Continue to the reserve’s Rainforest Discovery Centre for an afternoon of jungle trekking, and take an evening canopy walk amid the treetops. Sepilok Nature Resort Day 2: 1–2 miles hiking (1–2 hours)

DAYS 3–6

I

KINABATANGAN RIVER/ TABIN WILDLIFE RESERVE

Enjoy a behind-the-scenes tour of the Bornean Sun Bear Conservation Centre before continuing to Sukau Rainforest Lodge, a National Geographic Unique Lodge of the World located on the Kinabatangan River. From here, we set out on a variety of day and night hikes and river safaris, looking for orangutans, proboscis monkeys, and much more. Next, journey into the Tabin Wildlife Reserve, home to nine primate species, three cat species, and some 220 species of birds. Hike to a bubbling mud volcano, which attracts many different animals, and learn about Sumatran rhino conservation Above: A baby orangutan makes itself comfortable on its dangling mother.

40

I

efforts during a meeting with the executive director of the Borneo Rhino Alliance. Sukau Rainforest Lodge; Tabin Wildlife Resort Day 3: 1–2 miles hiking (1–2 hours); Day 6: 1–2 miles hiking (1–2 hours)

DAYS 7, 8, AND 9 I DANUM VALLEY CONSERVATION AREA

Travel to the valley of the Danum River, known for its 169 square miles of virtually undisturbed primary rain forest. Spend three days explor- Light ing the many nature trails. Keep an eye out for rare species, including the reclusive clouded leopard, Bornean gibbon, and maroon langur. Birdlife here is incredibly diverse, with some 275 recorded species. Watch a dazzling sunrise over the valley from atop an observation tower. Hike to a nearby waterfall, go on a canopy walk in the treetops surrounding our lodge, and venture out on night safaris. Borneo Rainforest Lodge Day 7: 1–2 miles hiking (2 hours); Day 8: 1–2 miles hiking (1–2 hours)

DAYS 10 AND 11 I DANUM VALLEY CONSERVATION AREA/KOTA KINABALU

Set out on a final wildlife walk through the forest. Then travel to Lahad Datu, where we catch a flight to Kota Kinabalu. Enjoy a farewell dinner, and depart for home the following day. Hyatt Regency Kinabalu Day 10: 1–2 miles hiking (1–2 hours)

ITINERARY

|

1 4 DAY S

DAYS 1­–5 I ULAANBAATAR, MONGOLIA KHARKHORIN/BULGAN SUM

Arrive in Ulaanbaatar and spend a day exploring the city, then gather for a traditional Mongolian feast. Visit the National Museum of Mongolia to learn about the country’s rich history, and see a traditional dance and throat-singing performance at the National Dance Ensemble. Journey to Kharkhorin to see the ruins of Karakorum, Genghis Khan’s legendary capital. Then venture into the 16thcentury Erdene Zhu Monastery to meet with the head lama, as his schedule permits. Settle into the Lapis Sky Ger Camp near Bulgan Sum. Brush up on your horseback skills during a warm-up ride, and visit with a nomadic family to experience their way of life. Return to Bulgan Sum by horse or jeep.

I N F O R M AT I O N Activity Level

Light/Moderate

DAT E S Light or Moderate

(Lindblad and Scenic Expeditions Only)

COST

This is primarily a wildlife viewing trip. We will hike 1–2 hours per day (1–2 miles) on uneven trails over moderate grades at low elevations in hot and Moderate Moderate/Strenuous Strenuous humid conditions.

2018:

2019:

Mar. 13–23 Apr. 9–19 Sept. 17–27 Oct. 1–11 Oct. 15–25

Mar. 11–21 Apr. 1–11 Sept. 16–26 Oct. 7–17 Oct. 21–31

2018:

2019:

$7,695

$7,895

Maximum

Tuushin Hotel; Ger Camp; Lapis Sky Ger Camp Day 5: 9 miles optional horse riding (3 hours)

Prices are per person, double occupancy. For a single room, add $1,300 in 2018 and $1500 in 2019. Airfare to Sandakan and return from Kota Kinabalu is not included in the cost. All meals between group arrival and departure are included.

DAYS 6–10

I

HORSE TREK

Enjoy a day to take photo walks, go fishing, and spend time with nomadic families before a Mongolian barbecue. Then set out on horseback across the sweeping steppe to Tolgin Butts, where we camp in a peaceful meadow. An invigorating ride over spectacular mountain

Maximum group size: 16

ACCO M M O DAT I O N S We will stay three nights in comfortable hotels, five nights in lodges, and two nights in a National Geographic Unique Lodge. On two of the nights in lodges, rooms may not have air conditioning, but are equipped with fans.

passes brings us to Mandal Mountain, a sacred place for the Mongols. Explore the area on foot, and attend a Buddhist ceremony on top of the mountain. Camping; Lapis Sky Ger Camp Day 7: 9 miles riding (3 hours); Day 8: 12 miles riding (5 hours); Day 9: 3 miles optional riding (1 hour); Day 10: 21 miles optional horse riding (4 hours)

DAYS 11–14

I

NAADAM FESTIVAL/ Light ULAANBAATAR

I N F O R M AT I O N Activity Level

Light/Moderate

Take part in a once-in-a-lifetime experience at a local Naadam festival near our camp. Light or Moderate Naadam takes place every summer throughout Mongolia, pitting men and boys against each other in age-old contests of manliness and physical prowess. Young men train all year to compete in the three events: bareback horse racing, wrestling, and archery. Witness the excitement up close, taking photographs in the middle of the action and even trying your hand at some of the sports after the competition. During a day of leisure at Lapis Sky, opt to set out on a final horseback ride, go hiking or fishing, or practice yoga or archery. The next day, journey back to Ulaanbaatar, arriving in the afternoon before our farewell dinner. Depart for home the next day.

(Lindblad and Scenic Expeditions Only)

Lapis Sky Ger Camp; Tuushin Hotel

Above: Horsemen in traditional dress on the grasslands of Mongolia.. CALL 1-888-689-2557 OR VISIT NATGEOEXPEDITIONS.COM/ACTIVE

I

I

Moderate

CALL 1-888-689-2557 OR VISIT NATGEOEXPEDITIONS.COM/ACTIVE

This horseback-riding adventure is suitable for beginners and experts alike; no previous experience is necessary. Due to the size of the horses, there is a Moderate/Strenuous Maximum rider-weightStrenuous maximum of 195 pounds. We will have a four-day horse trek, riding 1–5 hours per day (3–12 miles) with options for more, or less, riding on most days. The trek will be supported by jeeps.

DAT E S

COST

2018:

2019:

June 14–27 July 1–14 July 20–Aug. 2 Aug. 9–22

June 10–23 July 1–14 July 22–Aug. 4 Aug. 12–25

2018:

2019:

$6,595

$6,695

Prices are per person, double occupancy. For a single room, add $950. Airfare to/from Ulaanbaatar is not included in the cost. All meals are included between group arrival and departure.

Maximum group size: 16

ACCO M M O DAT I O N S We will stay seven nights in traditional Mongolian gers (feltlined yurts with shared facilities), three nights camping in backpacking-style tents, and three nights in the best available hotels.

I

41


SOU T H AFR ICA SAFARI ADVEN TU RE

TANZANIA: KILIMANJARO CLIMB AND SAFARI

TRIP HIGHLIGHTS

TRIP HIGHLIGHTS

• See the African penguins of the Cape Peninsula, and discover the exotic blossoms of the Cape Floral Kingdom at Kirstenbosch National Botanical Garden.

• Climb the tallest freestanding mountain in the world and sleep on its crater floor. • Explore rain forests, heather moors, lava formations, and glaciers.

• Stay at Sabi Sabi Bush Lodge, a National Geographic Unique Lodge of the World, and go on bushwalks to discover flora and fauna.

• Learn about the unique flora and fauna of the mountain with local guides. • Spend four days on safari, spotting lions and leopards, vast herds of zebra and wildebeest, and much more.

• Bike through the Cape Winelands, and stop for a tasting. • Track the “big five” and other wildlife, and connect with locals working to save Africa’s threatened species.

ITINERARY

|

1 2 DAY S

DAYS 1–5 I CAPE TOWN, SOUTH AFRICA/CAPE PENINSULA/ WINELANDS

Arrive in Cape Town and transfer to our hotel. Kick off our adventure at the Cape of Good Hope Nature Reserve, where we walk to the lighthouse at Cape Point. Observe penguins on Boulders Beach and visit Kirstenbosch National Botanical Garden. When available, meet with a representative of the National Geographic-funded Cape Parrot Project, a community–based conservation program founded by National Geographic Emerging Explorer Steve Boyes that aims to reduce threats to the endangered Cape parrot. Hike up iconic Table Mountain, explore Cape Town’s historic highlights, and enjoy a drumming performance and traditional feast. Next, explore the Winelands by bicycle. Take a tour of Kayamandi township, and visit the home of a local woman to sample traditional dishes. Later, enjoy wine tastings at two beautiful wine estates. The Cape Milner; Protea Hotel Franschhoek Day 2: 1–2 miles hiking (1 hour); Day 3: 2 miles hiking (3 hours); Day 4: 3 miles biking (3 hours)

DAYS 6, 7, AND 8 I KWAZULU-NATAL/ MKHUZE GAME RESERVE/LAKE JOZINI

Fly to Durban, and drive north into Zululand, the 19th-century kingdom of the Zulu people. Settle

into our inn below legendary Ghost Mountain. During a walk in the Lebombo Mountains, visit a homestead to witness everyday life in Zulu country, followed by a dance performance that evening. Next, explore the wildlife-rich Mkhuze Game Reserve. Accompanied by naturalist guides, track black and white rhinos, leopards, giraffes, zebras, and more. Walk in the park’s fig forest, where hundreds of bird species have been recorded. Take a wildlife cruise on Lake Jozini, a watering hole for hippos and crocodiles. Ghost Mountain Inn Day 6: 1 mile walking (1 hour); Day 7: 1–2 miles hiking (2 hours)

DAYS 9–12

I

Light

SABI SANDS GAME RESERVE/ JOHANNESBURG

Fly to Sabi Sands Game Reserve, then take 4x4 vehicles to our safari lodge, part of the National Geographic Unique Lodges of the World collection. An incredible array of wildlife can be found here, including the “big five.” With a ranger and local Shangaan tracker, search for leopards and wild dogs on a morning and afternoon game drive. Go on bushwalks to discover flora and fauna, and end each day with a sundowner in the bush. After a final morning safari, fly to Johannesburg to connect to your overnight flight home. Sabi Sabi Bush Lodge

ITINERARY

I

1 5 DAY S

DAYS 1 AND 2 I ARUSHA NATIONAL PARK/MOUNT MERU, TANZANIA Arrive at Kilimanjaro International Airport, and settle into our private camp in Arusha National Park. On a warm-up hike on Mount Meru, watch for bushbucks, duikers, buffaloes, giraffes, rare birds, and perhaps elephants and leopards.

I N F O R M AT I O N Activity Level

Light/Moderate

or Moderate DLight AT ES

(Lindblad and Scenic Expeditions Only)

Hikes range from 1–3 hours per day (2–4 miles) on varied terrain. On days with bicycling excursions, we will bike 3–4 hours (3 miles). Vehicle Moderate StrenuousOn supportModerate/Strenuous is provided while biking. game drives, we travel in 4x4 safari vehicles.

Private Deluxe Camp Day 2: 1–2 hours optional hiking (2 miles)

Maximum

DAYS 3 AND 4

June 3–14 July 17–28 Aug. 30–Sept. 10

COST

I

BEGIN TREK

Our trek begins in Kilimanjaro’s montane forests and winds up through jungle where colobus monkeys dangle from branches. The trail crosses into the subalpine hagenia zone, where we take time to acclimate. Our camp will be set up before our arrival every afternoon.

2018:

$6,995

Camping Day 3: 3–6 hours hiking; Day 4: 6–8 hours hiking

Price is per person, double occupancy. For a single room, add $600. Airfare to Cape Town and return from Johannesburg, and airfare within South Africa, are not included in the cost. The group flight within South Africa is $1,550 per person (subject to change). All meals are included between group arrival and departure.

DAYS 5, 6, AND 7 I SHIRA PLATEAU/ LAVA TOWER/ARROW GLACIER Trek across the Shira Plateau, a UNESCO World Heritage site, then climb through the upper heath zone up the slope of the Kibo massif. Continue along the massif the next day, hiking into the alpine zone. Camp at the base of Lava

Maximum group size: 14

ACCO M M O DAT I O N S We will stay 11 nights in comfortable, ideally situated hotels and lodges, including two nights in a National Geographic Unique Lodge.

Above: Climbers trek above the clouds as they near Kilimanjaro’s summit.

Above: Young elephants at play

42

|

CALL 1-888-689-2557 OR VISIT NATGEOEXPEDITIONS.COM/ACTIVE

I

I

Tower, a volcanic plug that juts skyward 300 feet. A morning hike brings us near Arrow Glacier, where we have an afternoon to relax at our camp above the clouds.

I N F O R M AT I O N

Camping Day 5: 4–6 hours hiking; Day 6: 5–7 hours hiking; Day 7: 2–3 hours hiking

DAYS 8, 9, AND 10 I CRATER CAMP/ Moderate Moderate/Strenuous Light/Moderate UHURU PEAK/ARUSHA

Light

While on the climb, we will be hiking 2–12 hours per day (2–12 miles) on moderate to steep grades and at elevations ranging from 7,000 feet to 19,340 feet. Porters will transport our gear. Come prepared to complete the full climb; however, our staff will assist you down the mountain if you are unable to reach the summit. A signed medical form from your doctor is required.

Activity Level

Strenuous

Tackle the Western Breach, a wall of rock that rises to the lipLight oforthe crater. We camp at 18,500 feet on Moderate the crater floor. Rise with the sun and climb 1,000 feet to the summit. From our perch at 19,340 feet, take in the magnificent sweep of sky and peaks. Descend steeply via the Mweka Route. Hike out of the rain forest on the last day of our climb, and drive to Arusha for a celebratory dinner.

Maximum

(Lindblad and Scenic Expeditions Only)

Camping; Moivaro Lodge Day 8: 7–10 hours hiking; Day 9: 9–12 hours hiking; Day 10: 3–5 hours hiking

DAYS 11–15

I

NGORONGORO CRATER/ SERENGETI/ARUSHA

Travel into the Ngorongoro Highlands and hike to a Maasai village. Descend to the Ngorongoro Crater for a spectacular day on safari. See fossils at Olduvai Gorge, then head to the Serengeti Plain to encounter more of East Africa’s wildlife. Return to Arusha for dinner together before evening flights home.

DAT E S

2018:

2019:

June 23–July 7 July 21–Aug. 4 Dec. 17–31

Jan. 5–19

Please note: A 10-day Kilimanjaro climb without safari is also an option for $5,595. Visit our website for details.

COST

$7,995

Price is per person, double occupancy. For a single room/tent, add $1,000. Airfare to/from Kilimanjaro International Airport is not included in the cost. Tanzania national park fees are an additional $2,400 per person (subject to change). All meals are included between group arrival and departure.

Maximum group size: 16

ACCO M M O DAT I O N S We will stay six nights in safari-style tents with beds, seven nights in camping tents with sleeping bags, and one night in a comfortable lodge. We will have shared bathrooms at each tented camp.

Private Deluxe Camp; Moivaro Lodge

CALL 1-888-689-2557 OR VISIT NATGEOEXPEDITIONS.COM/ACTIVE

I

43


SOU T H AFR ICA SAFARI ADVEN TU RE

TANZANIA: KILIMANJARO CLIMB AND SAFARI

TRIP HIGHLIGHTS

TRIP HIGHLIGHTS

• See the African penguins of the Cape Peninsula, and discover the exotic blossoms of the Cape Floral Kingdom at Kirstenbosch National Botanical Garden.

• Climb the tallest freestanding mountain in the world and sleep on its crater floor. • Explore rain forests, heather moors, lava formations, and glaciers.

• Stay at Sabi Sabi Bush Lodge, a National Geographic Unique Lodge of the World, and go on bushwalks to discover flora and fauna.

• Learn about the unique flora and fauna of the mountain with local guides. • Spend four days on safari, spotting lions and leopards, vast herds of zebra and wildebeest, and much more.

• Bike through the Cape Winelands, and stop for a tasting. • Track the “big five” and other wildlife, and connect with locals working to save Africa’s threatened species.

ITINERARY

|

1 2 DAY S

DAYS 1–5 I CAPE TOWN, SOUTH AFRICA/CAPE PENINSULA/ WINELANDS

Arrive in Cape Town and transfer to our hotel. Kick off our adventure at the Cape of Good Hope Nature Reserve, where we walk to the lighthouse at Cape Point. Observe penguins on Boulders Beach and visit Kirstenbosch National Botanical Garden. When available, meet with a representative of the National Geographic-funded Cape Parrot Project, a community–based conservation program founded by National Geographic Emerging Explorer Steve Boyes that aims to reduce threats to the endangered Cape parrot. Hike up iconic Table Mountain, explore Cape Town’s historic highlights, and enjoy a drumming performance and traditional feast. Next, explore the Winelands by bicycle. Take a tour of Kayamandi township, and visit the home of a local woman to sample traditional dishes. Later, enjoy wine tastings at two beautiful wine estates. The Cape Milner; Protea Hotel Franschhoek Day 2: 1–2 miles hiking (1 hour); Day 3: 2 miles hiking (3 hours); Day 4: 3 miles biking (3 hours)

DAYS 6, 7, AND 8 I KWAZULU-NATAL/ MKHUZE GAME RESERVE/LAKE JOZINI

Fly to Durban, and drive north into Zululand, the 19th-century kingdom of the Zulu people. Settle

into our inn below legendary Ghost Mountain. During a walk in the Lebombo Mountains, visit a homestead to witness everyday life in Zulu country, followed by a dance performance that evening. Next, explore the wildlife-rich Mkhuze Game Reserve. Accompanied by naturalist guides, track black and white rhinos, leopards, giraffes, zebras, and more. Walk in the park’s fig forest, where hundreds of bird species have been recorded. Take a wildlife cruise on Lake Jozini, a watering hole for hippos and crocodiles. Ghost Mountain Inn Day 6: 1 mile walking (1 hour); Day 7: 1–2 miles hiking (2 hours)

DAYS 9–12

I

Light

SABI SANDS GAME RESERVE/ JOHANNESBURG

Fly to Sabi Sands Game Reserve, then take 4x4 vehicles to our safari lodge, part of the National Geographic Unique Lodges of the World collection. An incredible array of wildlife can be found here, including the “big five.” With a ranger and local Shangaan tracker, search for leopards and wild dogs on a morning and afternoon game drive. Go on bushwalks to discover flora and fauna, and end each day with a sundowner in the bush. After a final morning safari, fly to Johannesburg to connect to your overnight flight home. Sabi Sabi Bush Lodge

ITINERARY

I

1 5 DAY S

DAYS 1 AND 2 I ARUSHA NATIONAL PARK/MOUNT MERU, TANZANIA Arrive at Kilimanjaro International Airport, and settle into our private camp in Arusha National Park. On a warm-up hike on Mount Meru, watch for bushbucks, duikers, buffaloes, giraffes, rare birds, and perhaps elephants and leopards.

I N F O R M AT I O N Activity Level

Light/Moderate

or Moderate DLight AT ES

(Lindblad and Scenic Expeditions Only)

Hikes range from 1–3 hours per day (2–4 miles) on varied terrain. On days with bicycling excursions, we will bike 3–4 hours (3 miles). Vehicle Moderate StrenuousOn supportModerate/Strenuous is provided while biking. game drives, we travel in 4x4 safari vehicles.

Private Deluxe Camp Day 2: 1–2 hours optional hiking (2 miles)

Maximum

DAYS 3 AND 4

June 3–14 July 17–28 Aug. 30–Sept. 10

COST

I

BEGIN TREK

Our trek begins in Kilimanjaro’s montane forests and winds up through jungle where colobus monkeys dangle from branches. The trail crosses into the subalpine hagenia zone, where we take time to acclimate. Our camp will be set up before our arrival every afternoon.

2018:

$6,995

Camping Day 3: 3–6 hours hiking; Day 4: 6–8 hours hiking

Price is per person, double occupancy. For a single room, add $600. Airfare to Cape Town and return from Johannesburg, and airfare within South Africa, are not included in the cost. The group flight within South Africa is $1,550 per person (subject to change). All meals are included between group arrival and departure.

DAYS 5, 6, AND 7 I SHIRA PLATEAU/ LAVA TOWER/ARROW GLACIER Trek across the Shira Plateau, a UNESCO World Heritage site, then climb through the upper heath zone up the slope of the Kibo massif. Continue along the massif the next day, hiking into the alpine zone. Camp at the base of Lava

Maximum group size: 14

ACCO M M O DAT I O N S We will stay 11 nights in comfortable, ideally situated hotels and lodges, including two nights in a National Geographic Unique Lodge.

Above: Climbers trek above the clouds as they near Kilimanjaro’s summit.

Above: Young elephants at play

42

|

CALL 1-888-689-2557 OR VISIT NATGEOEXPEDITIONS.COM/ACTIVE

I

I

Tower, a volcanic plug that juts skyward 300 feet. A morning hike brings us near Arrow Glacier, where we have an afternoon to relax at our camp above the clouds.

I N F O R M AT I O N

Camping Day 5: 4–6 hours hiking; Day 6: 5–7 hours hiking; Day 7: 2–3 hours hiking

DAYS 8, 9, AND 10 I CRATER CAMP/ Moderate Moderate/Strenuous Light/Moderate UHURU PEAK/ARUSHA

Light

While on the climb, we will be hiking 2–12 hours per day (2–12 miles) on moderate to steep grades and at elevations ranging from 7,000 feet to 19,340 feet. Porters will transport our gear. Come prepared to complete the full climb; however, our staff will assist you down the mountain if you are unable to reach the summit. A signed medical form from your doctor is required.

Activity Level

Strenuous

Tackle the Western Breach, a wall of rock that rises to the lipLight oforthe crater. We camp at 18,500 feet on Moderate the crater floor. Rise with the sun and climb 1,000 feet to the summit. From our perch at 19,340 feet, take in the magnificent sweep of sky and peaks. Descend steeply via the Mweka Route. Hike out of the rain forest on the last day of our climb, and drive to Arusha for a celebratory dinner.

Maximum

(Lindblad and Scenic Expeditions Only)

Camping; Moivaro Lodge Day 8: 7–10 hours hiking; Day 9: 9–12 hours hiking; Day 10: 3–5 hours hiking

DAYS 11–15

I

NGORONGORO CRATER/ SERENGETI/ARUSHA

Travel into the Ngorongoro Highlands and hike to a Maasai village. Descend to the Ngorongoro Crater for a spectacular day on safari. See fossils at Olduvai Gorge, then head to the Serengeti Plain to encounter more of East Africa’s wildlife. Return to Arusha for dinner together before evening flights home.

DAT E S

2018:

2019:

June 23–July 7 July 21–Aug. 4 Dec. 17–31

Jan. 5–19

Please note: A 10-day Kilimanjaro climb without safari is also an option for $5,595. Visit our website for details.

COST

$7,995

Price is per person, double occupancy. For a single room/tent, add $1,000. Airfare to/from Kilimanjaro International Airport is not included in the cost. Tanzania national park fees are an additional $2,400 per person (subject to change). All meals are included between group arrival and departure.

Maximum group size: 16

ACCO M M O DAT I O N S We will stay six nights in safari-style tents with beds, seven nights in camping tents with sleeping bags, and one night in a comfortable lodge. We will have shared bathrooms at each tented camp.

Private Deluxe Camp; Moivaro Lodge

CALL 1-888-689-2557 OR VISIT NATGEOEXPEDITIONS.COM/ACTIVE

I

43


MORE WAYS TO TRAVEL WITH NATIONAL GEOGRAPHIC Our range of travel experiences is truly panoramic. In addition to National Geographic Active Expeditions, we offer many different ways to see the world—from wildlife safaris, archaeology-focused expeditions, and private trips to expeditioin cruises and much more. Whether you’re an aspiring photographer, an avid hiker, or a parent looking for a way to make your family vacation unforgettable, you’ll find a wide array of opportunities to nourish your wanderlust. And no matter how you travel with us, you’ll delve into local traditions, learn about habitats, and meet fascinating people—exploring in the tradition of National Geographic. Learn more by visiting natgeoexpeditions.com.

Land

Expedition cruise

Our land trips are designed to immerse you in fascinating cultures and draw out the uniqueness of each destination through enriching and authentic experiences. Led by a National Geographic expert, these trips celebrate the history, culture, and natural heritage of a destination.

Take to the sea aboard one of the eight ships of the National Geographic– Lindblad fleet, and explore wild places from the Galápagos to Antarctica with an expedition team of naturalists, historians, photographers, and more.

train

family

photography

Glide through epic landscapes by classic train, experiencing the sense of nostalgia that comes with train travel. With a National Geographic expert on board, the places that you pass through take on a whole new depth and meaning.

Introduce your family to the magic of travel on trips designed for travelers of all ages. Our expedition leaders and local experts enrich your understanding of each incredible destination, and on many of our family trips, a Young Explorer leader facilitates fun learning activities for kids.

Improve your photography skills with the guidance of a National Geographic photographer—whether you’re traveling through Japan or framing wildlife on the Galapágos Islands.

river cruise Ply the fabled rivers of Europe and Asia aboard spacious, world-class riverboats on all-inclusive voyages operated in partnership with Scenic Luxury Cruises & Tours. A National Geographic expert and photographer accompany each voyage.

RESPONSIBILITY STATEMENT, ARBITRATION AGREEMENT, ASSUMPTION OF RISK, AND TERMS AND CONDITIONS RESPONSIBILITY National Geographic Expeditions (as defined herein) will provide educational enrichment for trips as outlined in its catalog or website (natgeoexpeditions.com) (each an “Expedition”) and has licensed Mountain Travel, its owners, directors, officers, employees, parents, subsidiaries and affiliates (collectively, “Mountain Travel”) to organize and administer such Expeditions. With the exception of certain transportation and other equipment in Alaska and Idaho owned and operated by Mountain Travel, as well as certain personnel employed by Mountain Travel on Expeditions operated in the United States, all suppliers of services connected with these Expeditions, such as hotels or other lodging facilities, airline, vessel, bus, van or other transportation companies, local ground operators, providers or organizers of optional excursions, food service or entertainment providers, etc. (collectively, “Other Providers”), are third-party contractors and are solely responsible and liable for providing their respective services. The passenger tickets in use by the carriers and/or other suppliers shall constitute the sole contract between the carriers and the passenger; the carriers are not responsible for any act, omission, or event during the time the participants are not aboard their conveyances. National Geographic Partners, LLC, d/b/a National Geographic Expeditions, its parents, subsidiaries and their respective employees, affiliates, officers, directors, successors, representatives, assigns (collectively “National Geographic”) and Mountain Travel (for purposes of this Responsibility Statement and the Terms and Conditions, National Geographic and Mountain Travel may be collectively be referred to as “we”, “us”, or “our”) are not liable for any negligent or willful act or failure to act of any Other Provider. Without limitation, we are not responsible for any injury, loss, or damage to personal property, death, delay or inconvenience in connection with the provision of any goods or services occasioned by or resulting from, but not limited to, acts of God, acts of government, weather, force majeure, acts of war or civil unrest, insurrection or revolt, strikes or other labor activities, criminal or terrorist activities or the threat thereof, of any kind, epidemics or the threat thereof, illness, overbooking or downgrading of accommodations, structural or other defective conditions in hotels or other lodging facilities, mechanical or other failure of airplanes or other means of transportation or for any failure of any transportation mechanism to arrive or depart timely or safely, dangers associated with or bites from animals, pests or insects, marine life or vegetation of any sort, dangers incident to recreational activities such as scuba diving, zip lining, snorkeling, paddle boarding, surfing, swimming, kayaking, sailing, canoeing, rafting, hiking, bicycling, rock climbing, etc., sanitation problems, food poisoning, lack of, access to or quality of medical care, difficulty in evacuation in case of medical or other emergency, negligence of shipboard or other physicians or medical personnel of for any cause beyond our direct control. In addition, the participant releases National Geographic and Mountain Travel from their own negligence and assumes all risk thereof. By registering for an Expedition, the participant certifies that he/she does not have any mental, physical, or other condition or disability that would create a hazard for himself/herself or other participants. National Geographic Expeditions and Mountain Travel reserve the right in their sole discretion to accept, decline to accept, or remove any participant on an Expedition. National Geographic Expeditions and Mountain Travel reserve the right, without penalty, to make changes in the published itinerary whenever, in their judgment, conditions warrant or if they deem it necessary for the comfort, convenience, or safety of the participants. Neither National Geographic nor Mountain Travel shall be liable for any air carrier’s cancellation penalty or change fee incurred by the purchase of a nonrefundable ticket to or from the participant’s departure city. Baggage and personal effects are at all times the sole responsibility of the participant. TERMS AND CONDITIONS ELIGIBILITY Anyone under 18 must be accompanied by a parent or guardian for the entire Expedition. Some itineraries have minimum age requirements—call for more information. VOLUNTARY PARTICIPATION By registering for an Expedition, the participant acknowledges that he/she has voluntarily applied to participate on this Expedition and that he/she has read the description of the Expedition as it appears in the current National Geographic Expeditions catalog or website.

p r i va t e

p r i va t e j e t

student

Journeys

Travel independently—with all the benefits of traveling with National Geographic—on a private trip curated by us and geared for you and the traveling companions of your choice. Explore with private guides and stay in top accommodations, including our Unique Lodges of the World.

Experience fascinating places as far-flung as Easter Island and Marrakech on one epic journey, traveling with a team of National Geographic experts in the comfort of a VIP-configured private jet.

Send your high school or middle school student on assignment with National Geographic to explore inspiring destinations in depth alongside our experts and trip leaders.

We’ve partnered with G Adventures to offer small-group trips that combine knowledgeable local guides, meaningful encounters with people and places, and more free time and choices—all at an incredible value.

INCLUDED IN EXPEDITION COST Accommodations and meals as indicated in the itinerary (B = breakfast, L = lunch, D = dinner); educational materials; pre-Expedition information; entrance fees, excursions, and sightseeing noted as included in the itinerary; all gratuities except those for adventure guides, unless otherwise noted on the itinerary page or in pre-Expedition communications; ground transportation during the Expedition; transfers to and from group flights where applicable; services of adventure guides and/or local guides, lecturers, and any other staff; and taxes, port charges, baggage handling, and service charges. Please note: the “B, L, D” notations apply to the period during the Expedition only and do not include any meals on flights to/from the Expedition. Internal airfare is included on some international Expeditions as indicated in the itinerary. For itineraries that include camping, camp and cook staff tents, and dining tents and necessary Expedition equipment (e.g., sea kayaks, rafts, personal floatation devices, etc.) are provided and included in the Expedition cost. NOT INCLUDED IN EXPEDITION COST Air transportation and related fees (except as indicated in the itinerary); activities noted as optional in the itinerary; gratuities for adventure guides, unless otherwise noted on the itinerary page or in pre-Expedition communications; passport, visa, and permit expenses; medical expenses and immunizations; baggage/accident/cancellation insurance; personal expenses, such as laundry, telephone calls,

and alcoholic beverages; and any other items not specifically noted as included. SINGLE/SHARED ACCOMMODATIONS A limited number of single rooms/cabins/tents are available at an extra cost on a first-come, first-served basis. National Geographic Expeditions and/or Mountain Travel will assist persons requesting a roommate. The participants will be notified if a suitable roommate is not available, in which case the single rate will be charged. RESPONSIBILITIES OF PARTICIPANTS The participant is responsible for understanding the conditions as described in the Expedition Itinerary and selecting an Expedition in consultation with us that is appropriate to his/her interests and abilities. In addition, the participant should prepare for the Expedition by reading the Expedition Itinerary and supplemental Expedition information in the pre-Expedition communications and for bringing the appropriate clothing and equipment as advised in those communications. The participant should also consult his/her physician to determine his/her suitability for the Expedition and to discuss any over the counter or prescription medicines he/she should consider taking relative to the demands of the Expedition (e.g., in the case of Expeditions which travel to higher altitudes). Screening for fitness (for Expeditions rated “Strenuous” or “Maximum”) is made by Mountain Travel during the confirmation of booking. We reserve the right in our sole discretion to accept, decline to accept, or remove any participant on an Expedition at any time during the Expedition. In the event of removal from an Expedition, refunds are not given. PAYMENTS, CANCELLATIONS AND REFUNDS To reserve space on an Expedition designated as an “Active Expedition,” a $750 per-person deposit is required. Final payment is due no later than 95 days prior to departure. Expeditions designated as “Private Departures” or “Custom Active Expeditions” require a nonrefundable per-person deposit of $1,000 or 20% of the applicable Expedition cost, whichever is greater. A $100 deposit is required for any extension. Payments must be made by credit card. A participant’s reservation may be canceled if full payment has not been received by 90 days prior to departure. For reservations made within 90 days of departure, full payment is required when the reservation is accepted. All cancellation notices must be received in writing and will become effective as of the date of the postmark. If a participant cancels 120 days or more prior to departure, a refund less an administrative fee of 50% of the deposit will be made. Per-person charges for cancellations that occur less than 120 days prior to departure (“Cancellation Penalty Period”) are as follows: 91-119 days prior to departure: 100% of the deposit amount; 45-90 days prior to departure: 50% of the Expedition cost; 44 or fewer days prior to departure: 100% of the Expedition cost. This policy also applies to pre- and post-Expedition extensions. Any revisions made within the Cancellation Penalty Period, such as a change in departure date or choice of Expedition, are subject to this cancellation policy. Any airline tickets issued are subject to the carrier’s refund policy. Arriving late or leaving an Expedition in progress, for any reason whatsoever, will not result in a refund, and no refunds will be made for any unused portions of an Expedition. National Geographic Expeditions reserves the right to cancel any Expedition because of inadequate enrollment that makes the Expedition economically infeasible to operate or because of good-faith concerns with respect to the safety, health, or welfare of the participants. If an Expedition is canceled prior to departure, Mountain Travel will provide the participants with a full refund of monies paid to Mountain Travel; except in the event that the cancellation is due to a significant event that makes it infeasible to operate the Expedition as planned, in which case Mountain Travel will provide the participants with a refund and/or credit toward a future Expedition equivalent to the amount paid to Mountain Travel. If National Geographic Expeditions cancels the Expedition in progress, the participants will receive a prorated refund based on the number of days not completed on the Expedition. Except as outlined above when National Geographic Expeditions cancels an Expedition, National Geographic and Mountain Travel have no responsibility for any expenses, including any nonrefundable expenses, incurred by the participants in preparing for a cancelled Expedition or for any additional arrangements should the participants embark prior to the scheduled group departure date. TRAVEL PROTECTION Basic medical and evacuation travel protection is purchased on your behalf (trip cancellation is not included in this plan). To view the plan details, please visit: www.tripmate.com/wpF485m. Trip-cancellation insurance is available at an additional cost and is strongly recommended. For more information about and to enroll in an option available through Travel Insurance Services, visit the “Travel Insurance” section of our website at natgeoexpeditions.com. ITINERARY CHANGES The itineraries and staff presented in the catalog and/or on the website are subject to modification and change by National Geographic Expeditions or Mountain Travel. Every reasonable effort will be made to operate Expeditions as planned, but alterations may still occur after final itineraries are sent. DOCUMENTATION Participants are responsible for obtaining any documents required for their participation in the Expedition, such as a valid passport, all visas, vaccination certificates, and any other documents. Failure to obtain documents does not negate the Terms and Conditions, and any extra costs incurred for rerouting due to travel without the necessary documents will be the participant’s responsibility.

vention. The prices are based on tariffs, currency values, airfares and third-party charges as of catalog publication date and are subject to change due to unforeseen circumstances. While we will do everything possible to maintain the listed prices, if it is necessary to levy a surcharge, as permitted by law, we reserve the right to do so, and notification will be given at the time of final invoicing. HEALTH REQUIREMENTS Participants must be in good physical and mental health. Any physical condition, diet, or treatment requiring special attention must be reported in writing when the reservation is made. National Geographic Expeditions encourages participants to consult a doctor for specific medical advice about any activities or destinations. Certain Expeditions may require that the participant obtain medical consent prior to departure as a condition of participation. MEDICAL AUTHORIZATION & COVERAGE In the event the participant becomes sufficiently incapacitated as to be unable to direct his or her own care, there is no one on the Expedition who can direct participant’s care, and National Geographic Expeditions is unable or does not have time to contact participant’s emergency contact, the participant, by registering and paying a deposit for an Expedition, authorizes any medical treatment deemed necessary in the event of any injury or illness while participating in the activity including, but not limited to, X-ray, examination, anesthetic, medical or surgical diagnosis, or treatment and hospital care which is deemed advisable by, and is to be rendered under the general or specific supervision of, any physician and/or surgeon licensed in the United States, or, if in a foreign country and no physician licensed to practice in the United States is reasonably available, by a duly licensed physician deemed competent to render the necessary care. In addition, the participant certifies that they have medical insurance which will cover personal accidents, medical expenses, medical evacuation, air ambulance, loss of effects, repatriation costs and all other expenses which might arise as a result of loss, damage, injury, delay or inconvenience occurring to the participant, or that in the absence of this medical insurance coverage, the participant agrees to pay all costs of rescue and/or medical services as may be incurred on the participant’s behalf. PHOTOGRAPHY National Geographic Expeditions and Mountain Travel and the adventure guides reserve the right to take photographs or videos during the operation of any Expedition or part thereof and to use the resulting photography, videos, or recordings for promotional or commercial use. By making a reservation on an Expedition, the participant agrees to allow his/her likeness to be used by National Geographic, National Geographic-authorized third parties, and Mountain Travel without compensation to the participant. If the participant prefers that his/ her likeness not be used, he/she must notify National Geographic Expeditions and/or Mountain Travel in writing prior to departure of the Expedition. Copyright in all photographs, video, and related materials created by the participant (“Expedition Materials”) will belong to the participant upon creation. The participant grants to National Geographic a non-exclusive, worldwide, irrevocable license to use any Expedition Materials provided to National Geographic and/or Mountain Travel in any media for the following limited purposes: editorial use, promotion of this editorial use, promotion of National Geographic’s travel programs, or promotion of the mission of National Geographic. ASSUMPTION OF RISK By registering for an Expedition, the participant acknowledges that he/she is aware that travel such as the Expedition he/she is undertaking involves potentially dangerous activities, some in remote areas of the world, with a risk of illness, injury or death which may be caused by forces of nature, illness, or by willful or criminal conduct of third parties or by terrorism. The participant further acknowledges that weather conditions may be severe, adverse and/or unpleasant and that medical services or facilities may not be readily available or accessible or consistent with standards in the United States during some or all of the time during which he/she is participating on the Expedition and that when available may not be of the quality which exists in the United States. ARBITRATION AGREEMENT Arbitration Agreement policy and process is available at www. nationalgeographicexpeditions.com/information/terms/ngadventures or you can call 1-888-689-2557 and request a copy be sent to you. PRIVACY POLICY Our privacy policy can be found at nationalgeographic.com/ community/privacy/. MAILING LIST If you are receiving duplicate catalogs, have address updates, or would like to be removed from future National Geographic Expeditions mailings, please call toll-free 1-888-966-8687. OTHER The applicable Terms and Conditions may vary from those listed above based upon the specific Expedition selected by the participant. Please see our website to review the most up-to-date Terms and Conditions for each Expedition. A copy of the final Terms and Conditions applicable to each participant will be sent in preExpedition communications. COMPLETE TERMS For the most complete and up-to-date Terms and Conditions, please see www.nationalgeographicexpeditions.com/information/terms/ ngadventures.

DELAYS & COST INCREASES We will not be responsible for providing any reimbursement for delays in the Expedition due to bad weather, trail conditions, river levels, road conditions, transportation delays, or government inter-

© 2018 National Geographic Partners, LLC. NATIONAL GEOGRAPHIC ACTIVE EXPEDITIONS and the Yellow Border Design are registered trademarks of the National Geographic Society, used under license. E Recycled paper

44

I

CALL 1-888-966-8687 OR VISIT NATGEOEXPEDITIONS.COM

I

I

CALL 1-888-689-2557 OR VISIT NATGEOEXPEDITIONS.COM/ACTIVE

I

45


MORE WAYS TO TRAVEL WITH NATIONAL GEOGRAPHIC Our range of travel experiences is truly panoramic. In addition to National Geographic Active Expeditions, we offer many different ways to see the world—from wildlife safaris, archaeology-focused expeditions, and private trips to expeditioin cruises and much more. Whether you’re an aspiring photographer, an avid hiker, or a parent looking for a way to make your family vacation unforgettable, you’ll find a wide array of opportunities to nourish your wanderlust. And no matter how you travel with us, you’ll delve into local traditions, learn about habitats, and meet fascinating people—exploring in the tradition of National Geographic. Learn more by visiting natgeoexpeditions.com.

Land

Expedition cruise

Our land trips are designed to immerse you in fascinating cultures and draw out the uniqueness of each destination through enriching and authentic experiences. Led by a National Geographic expert, these trips celebrate the history, culture, and natural heritage of a destination.

Take to the sea aboard one of the eight ships of the National Geographic– Lindblad fleet, and explore wild places from the Galápagos to Antarctica with an expedition team of naturalists, historians, photographers, and more.

train

family

photography

Glide through epic landscapes by classic train, experiencing the sense of nostalgia that comes with train travel. With a National Geographic expert on board, the places that you pass through take on a whole new depth and meaning.

Introduce your family to the magic of travel on trips designed for travelers of all ages. Our expedition leaders and local experts enrich your understanding of each incredible destination, and on many of our family trips, a Young Explorer leader facilitates fun learning activities for kids.

Improve your photography skills with the guidance of a National Geographic photographer—whether you’re traveling through Japan or framing wildlife on the Galapágos Islands.

river cruise Ply the fabled rivers of Europe and Asia aboard spacious, world-class riverboats on all-inclusive voyages operated in partnership with Scenic Luxury Cruises & Tours. A National Geographic expert and photographer accompany each voyage.

RESPONSIBILITY STATEMENT, ARBITRATION AGREEMENT, ASSUMPTION OF RISK, AND TERMS AND CONDITIONS RESPONSIBILITY National Geographic Expeditions (as defined herein) will provide educational enrichment for trips as outlined in its catalog or website (natgeoexpeditions.com) (each an “Expedition”) and has licensed Mountain Travel, its owners, directors, officers, employees, parents, subsidiaries and affiliates (collectively, “Mountain Travel”) to organize and administer such Expeditions. With the exception of certain transportation and other equipment in Alaska and Idaho owned and operated by Mountain Travel, as well as certain personnel employed by Mountain Travel on Expeditions operated in the United States, all suppliers of services connected with these Expeditions, such as hotels or other lodging facilities, airline, vessel, bus, van or other transportation companies, local ground operators, providers or organizers of optional excursions, food service or entertainment providers, etc. (collectively, “Other Providers”), are third-party contractors and are solely responsible and liable for providing their respective services. The passenger tickets in use by the carriers and/or other suppliers shall constitute the sole contract between the carriers and the passenger; the carriers are not responsible for any act, omission, or event during the time the participants are not aboard their conveyances. National Geographic Partners, LLC, d/b/a National Geographic Expeditions, its parents, subsidiaries and their respective employees, affiliates, officers, directors, successors, representatives, assigns (collectively “National Geographic”) and Mountain Travel (for purposes of this Responsibility Statement and the Terms and Conditions, National Geographic and Mountain Travel may be collectively be referred to as “we”, “us”, or “our”) are not liable for any negligent or willful act or failure to act of any Other Provider. Without limitation, we are not responsible for any injury, loss, or damage to personal property, death, delay or inconvenience in connection with the provision of any goods or services occasioned by or resulting from, but not limited to, acts of God, acts of government, weather, force majeure, acts of war or civil unrest, insurrection or revolt, strikes or other labor activities, criminal or terrorist activities or the threat thereof, of any kind, epidemics or the threat thereof, illness, overbooking or downgrading of accommodations, structural or other defective conditions in hotels or other lodging facilities, mechanical or other failure of airplanes or other means of transportation or for any failure of any transportation mechanism to arrive or depart timely or safely, dangers associated with or bites from animals, pests or insects, marine life or vegetation of any sort, dangers incident to recreational activities such as scuba diving, zip lining, snorkeling, paddle boarding, surfing, swimming, kayaking, sailing, canoeing, rafting, hiking, bicycling, rock climbing, etc., sanitation problems, food poisoning, lack of, access to or quality of medical care, difficulty in evacuation in case of medical or other emergency, negligence of shipboard or other physicians or medical personnel of for any cause beyond our direct control. In addition, the participant releases National Geographic and Mountain Travel from their own negligence and assumes all risk thereof. By registering for an Expedition, the participant certifies that he/she does not have any mental, physical, or other condition or disability that would create a hazard for himself/herself or other participants. National Geographic Expeditions and Mountain Travel reserve the right in their sole discretion to accept, decline to accept, or remove any participant on an Expedition. National Geographic Expeditions and Mountain Travel reserve the right, without penalty, to make changes in the published itinerary whenever, in their judgment, conditions warrant or if they deem it necessary for the comfort, convenience, or safety of the participants. Neither National Geographic nor Mountain Travel shall be liable for any air carrier’s cancellation penalty or change fee incurred by the purchase of a nonrefundable ticket to or from the participant’s departure city. Baggage and personal effects are at all times the sole responsibility of the participant. TERMS AND CONDITIONS ELIGIBILITY Anyone under 18 must be accompanied by a parent or guardian for the entire Expedition. Some itineraries have minimum age requirements—call for more information. VOLUNTARY PARTICIPATION By registering for an Expedition, the participant acknowledges that he/she has voluntarily applied to participate on this Expedition and that he/she has read the description of the Expedition as it appears in the current National Geographic Expeditions catalog or website.

p r i va t e

p r i va t e j e t

student

Journeys

Travel independently—with all the benefits of traveling with National Geographic—on a private trip curated by us and geared for you and the traveling companions of your choice. Explore with private guides and stay in top accommodations, including our Unique Lodges of the World.

Experience fascinating places as far-flung as Easter Island and Marrakech on one epic journey, traveling with a team of National Geographic experts in the comfort of a VIP-configured private jet.

Send your high school or middle school student on assignment with National Geographic to explore inspiring destinations in depth alongside our experts and trip leaders.

We’ve partnered with G Adventures to offer small-group trips that combine knowledgeable local guides, meaningful encounters with people and places, and more free time and choices—all at an incredible value.

INCLUDED IN EXPEDITION COST Accommodations and meals as indicated in the itinerary (B = breakfast, L = lunch, D = dinner); educational materials; pre-Expedition information; entrance fees, excursions, and sightseeing noted as included in the itinerary; all gratuities except those for adventure guides, unless otherwise noted on the itinerary page or in pre-Expedition communications; ground transportation during the Expedition; transfers to and from group flights where applicable; services of adventure guides and/or local guides, lecturers, and any other staff; and taxes, port charges, baggage handling, and service charges. Please note: the “B, L, D” notations apply to the period during the Expedition only and do not include any meals on flights to/from the Expedition. Internal airfare is included on some international Expeditions as indicated in the itinerary. For itineraries that include camping, camp and cook staff tents, and dining tents and necessary Expedition equipment (e.g., sea kayaks, rafts, personal floatation devices, etc.) are provided and included in the Expedition cost. NOT INCLUDED IN EXPEDITION COST Air transportation and related fees (except as indicated in the itinerary); activities noted as optional in the itinerary; gratuities for adventure guides, unless otherwise noted on the itinerary page or in pre-Expedition communications; passport, visa, and permit expenses; medical expenses and immunizations; baggage/accident/cancellation insurance; personal expenses, such as laundry, telephone calls,

and alcoholic beverages; and any other items not specifically noted as included. SINGLE/SHARED ACCOMMODATIONS A limited number of single rooms/cabins/tents are available at an extra cost on a first-come, first-served basis. National Geographic Expeditions and/or Mountain Travel will assist persons requesting a roommate. The participants will be notified if a suitable roommate is not available, in which case the single rate will be charged. RESPONSIBILITIES OF PARTICIPANTS The participant is responsible for understanding the conditions as described in the Expedition Itinerary and selecting an Expedition in consultation with us that is appropriate to his/her interests and abilities. In addition, the participant should prepare for the Expedition by reading the Expedition Itinerary and supplemental Expedition information in the pre-Expedition communications and for bringing the appropriate clothing and equipment as advised in those communications. The participant should also consult his/her physician to determine his/her suitability for the Expedition and to discuss any over the counter or prescription medicines he/she should consider taking relative to the demands of the Expedition (e.g., in the case of Expeditions which travel to higher altitudes). Screening for fitness (for Expeditions rated “Strenuous” or “Maximum”) is made by Mountain Travel during the confirmation of booking. We reserve the right in our sole discretion to accept, decline to accept, or remove any participant on an Expedition at any time during the Expedition. In the event of removal from an Expedition, refunds are not given. PAYMENTS, CANCELLATIONS AND REFUNDS To reserve space on an Expedition designated as an “Active Expedition,” a $750 per-person deposit is required. Final payment is due no later than 95 days prior to departure. Expeditions designated as “Private Departures” or “Custom Active Expeditions” require a nonrefundable per-person deposit of $1,000 or 20% of the applicable Expedition cost, whichever is greater. A $100 deposit is required for any extension. Payments must be made by credit card. A participant’s reservation may be canceled if full payment has not been received by 90 days prior to departure. For reservations made within 90 days of departure, full payment is required when the reservation is accepted. All cancellation notices must be received in writing and will become effective as of the date of the postmark. If a participant cancels 120 days or more prior to departure, a refund less an administrative fee of 50% of the deposit will be made. Per-person charges for cancellations that occur less than 120 days prior to departure (“Cancellation Penalty Period”) are as follows: 91-119 days prior to departure: 100% of the deposit amount; 45-90 days prior to departure: 50% of the Expedition cost; 44 or fewer days prior to departure: 100% of the Expedition cost. This policy also applies to pre- and post-Expedition extensions. Any revisions made within the Cancellation Penalty Period, such as a change in departure date or choice of Expedition, are subject to this cancellation policy. Any airline tickets issued are subject to the carrier’s refund policy. Arriving late or leaving an Expedition in progress, for any reason whatsoever, will not result in a refund, and no refunds will be made for any unused portions of an Expedition. National Geographic Expeditions reserves the right to cancel any Expedition because of inadequate enrollment that makes the Expedition economically infeasible to operate or because of good-faith concerns with respect to the safety, health, or welfare of the participants. If an Expedition is canceled prior to departure, Mountain Travel will provide the participants with a full refund of monies paid to Mountain Travel; except in the event that the cancellation is due to a significant event that makes it infeasible to operate the Expedition as planned, in which case Mountain Travel will provide the participants with a refund and/or credit toward a future Expedition equivalent to the amount paid to Mountain Travel. If National Geographic Expeditions cancels the Expedition in progress, the participants will receive a prorated refund based on the number of days not completed on the Expedition. Except as outlined above when National Geographic Expeditions cancels an Expedition, National Geographic and Mountain Travel have no responsibility for any expenses, including any nonrefundable expenses, incurred by the participants in preparing for a cancelled Expedition or for any additional arrangements should the participants embark prior to the scheduled group departure date. TRAVEL PROTECTION Basic medical and evacuation travel protection is purchased on your behalf (trip cancellation is not included in this plan). To view the plan details, please visit: www.tripmate.com/wpF485m. Trip-cancellation insurance is available at an additional cost and is strongly recommended. For more information about and to enroll in an option available through Travel Insurance Services, visit the “Travel Insurance” section of our website at natgeoexpeditions.com. ITINERARY CHANGES The itineraries and staff presented in the catalog and/or on the website are subject to modification and change by National Geographic Expeditions or Mountain Travel. Every reasonable effort will be made to operate Expeditions as planned, but alterations may still occur after final itineraries are sent. DOCUMENTATION Participants are responsible for obtaining any documents required for their participation in the Expedition, such as a valid passport, all visas, vaccination certificates, and any other documents. Failure to obtain documents does not negate the Terms and Conditions, and any extra costs incurred for rerouting due to travel without the necessary documents will be the participant’s responsibility.

vention. The prices are based on tariffs, currency values, airfares and third-party charges as of catalog publication date and are subject to change due to unforeseen circumstances. While we will do everything possible to maintain the listed prices, if it is necessary to levy a surcharge, as permitted by law, we reserve the right to do so, and notification will be given at the time of final invoicing. HEALTH REQUIREMENTS Participants must be in good physical and mental health. Any physical condition, diet, or treatment requiring special attention must be reported in writing when the reservation is made. National Geographic Expeditions encourages participants to consult a doctor for specific medical advice about any activities or destinations. Certain Expeditions may require that the participant obtain medical consent prior to departure as a condition of participation. MEDICAL AUTHORIZATION & COVERAGE In the event the participant becomes sufficiently incapacitated as to be unable to direct his or her own care, there is no one on the Expedition who can direct participant’s care, and National Geographic Expeditions is unable or does not have time to contact participant’s emergency contact, the participant, by registering and paying a deposit for an Expedition, authorizes any medical treatment deemed necessary in the event of any injury or illness while participating in the activity including, but not limited to, X-ray, examination, anesthetic, medical or surgical diagnosis, or treatment and hospital care which is deemed advisable by, and is to be rendered under the general or specific supervision of, any physician and/or surgeon licensed in the United States, or, if in a foreign country and no physician licensed to practice in the United States is reasonably available, by a duly licensed physician deemed competent to render the necessary care. In addition, the participant certifies that they have medical insurance which will cover personal accidents, medical expenses, medical evacuation, air ambulance, loss of effects, repatriation costs and all other expenses which might arise as a result of loss, damage, injury, delay or inconvenience occurring to the participant, or that in the absence of this medical insurance coverage, the participant agrees to pay all costs of rescue and/or medical services as may be incurred on the participant’s behalf. PHOTOGRAPHY National Geographic Expeditions and Mountain Travel and the adventure guides reserve the right to take photographs or videos during the operation of any Expedition or part thereof and to use the resulting photography, videos, or recordings for promotional or commercial use. By making a reservation on an Expedition, the participant agrees to allow his/her likeness to be used by National Geographic, National Geographic-authorized third parties, and Mountain Travel without compensation to the participant. If the participant prefers that his/ her likeness not be used, he/she must notify National Geographic Expeditions and/or Mountain Travel in writing prior to departure of the Expedition. Copyright in all photographs, video, and related materials created by the participant (“Expedition Materials”) will belong to the participant upon creation. The participant grants to National Geographic a non-exclusive, worldwide, irrevocable license to use any Expedition Materials provided to National Geographic and/or Mountain Travel in any media for the following limited purposes: editorial use, promotion of this editorial use, promotion of National Geographic’s travel programs, or promotion of the mission of National Geographic. ASSUMPTION OF RISK By registering for an Expedition, the participant acknowledges that he/she is aware that travel such as the Expedition he/she is undertaking involves potentially dangerous activities, some in remote areas of the world, with a risk of illness, injury or death which may be caused by forces of nature, illness, or by willful or criminal conduct of third parties or by terrorism. The participant further acknowledges that weather conditions may be severe, adverse and/or unpleasant and that medical services or facilities may not be readily available or accessible or consistent with standards in the United States during some or all of the time during which he/she is participating on the Expedition and that when available may not be of the quality which exists in the United States. ARBITRATION AGREEMENT Arbitration Agreement policy and process is available at www. nationalgeographicexpeditions.com/information/terms/ngadventures or you can call 1-888-689-2557 and request a copy be sent to you. PRIVACY POLICY Our privacy policy can be found at nationalgeographic.com/ community/privacy/. MAILING LIST If you are receiving duplicate catalogs, have address updates, or would like to be removed from future National Geographic Expeditions mailings, please call toll-free 1-888-966-8687. OTHER The applicable Terms and Conditions may vary from those listed above based upon the specific Expedition selected by the participant. Please see our website to review the most up-to-date Terms and Conditions for each Expedition. A copy of the final Terms and Conditions applicable to each participant will be sent in preExpedition communications. COMPLETE TERMS For the most complete and up-to-date Terms and Conditions, please see www.nationalgeographicexpeditions.com/information/terms/ ngadventures.

DELAYS & COST INCREASES We will not be responsible for providing any reimbursement for delays in the Expedition due to bad weather, trail conditions, river levels, road conditions, transportation delays, or government inter-

© 2018 National Geographic Partners, LLC. NATIONAL GEOGRAPHIC ACTIVE EXPEDITIONS and the Yellow Border Design are registered trademarks of the National Geographic Society, used under license. E Recycled paper

44

I

CALL 1-888-966-8687 OR VISIT NATGEOEXPEDITIONS.COM

I

I

CALL 1-888-689-2557 OR VISIT NATGEOEXPEDITIONS.COM/ACTIVE

I

45


APR.

MAY

JUNE

JULY

GROUP SIZE

MAR.

ALASKA SEA KAYAKING ADVENTURE 28 9

M

10

30

16

3

HIKING THE NATIONAL PARKS: GLACIER, YELLOWSTONE, AND GRAND TETON

29 8

M

16

23

7, 21

25

YUCATÁN ADVENTURE: WHALE SHARKS AND MAYA RUINS

30 8

L/M

16

4, 18

16

13

BELIZE: KAYAKING AND JUNGLE ADVENTURE

31 10 L/M

16

27

COSTA RICA MULTISPORT ADVENTURE

32 9

M

14

17

COSTA RICA WILDLIFE ADVENTURE

WEB

L/M

NICARAGUA: VOLCANOES, LAKES, AND TROPICAL FORESTS

WEB

10 L/M

2019 AUG.

SEPT.

OCT.

NOV.

DEC.

JAN.

FEB.

MAR.

APR.

EUROPE

D E P A R T U R E

ACTIVITY LEVEL

D A T E S

2018

# DAYS

D E P A R T U R E

PAGE

GROUP SIZE

ACTIVITY LEVEL

# DAYS

PAGE

ACTIVE EXPEDITIONS CALENDAR D A T E S

2018 MAR.

APR.

MAY

2019

JUNE

JULY

AUG.

SEPT.

OCT.

NOV.

DEC.

JAN.

FEB.

MAR.

24

25

22

22

17

17

16

2

APR.

NORTH AMERICA

HIKING ENGLAND COAST TO COAST* 10 13

S

16

27

17, 24

1, 15

5, 19

2

SCOTLAND HIKING ADVENTURE: FROM THE HIGHLANDS TO THE ISLANDS

M

16

26

2, 9, 16, 23

21, 28

4, 25

1, 8

IRELAND: HIKING THE EMERALD ISLE* 13 10 M/S

16

21

11

16

13

TUSCANY AND CINQUE TERRE HIKING ADVENTURE*

14

9

M

16

1, 15, 29

PROVENCE HIKING ADVENTURE*

15

9

M

16

27

PORTUGAL HIKING ADVENTURE*

16

8

M

16

SPAIN: WALKING EL CAMINO DE SANTIAGO*

17 10 M/S

16

TOUR DU MONT BLANC

18 10

14

2, 30

28

HIKING ITALY'S DOLOMITES*

19 10 M/S

16

18

9, 23

GREEK ISLANDS ADVENTURE*

20 9

M

16

CROATIA: HIKING AND KAYAKING ADVENTURE

21

M

SLOVENIA: HIKING THE JULIAN ALPS AND BEYOND

22 9

VIENNA TO PRAGUE HIKING ADVENTURE*

23

12

8

S

17 16

30

4

11

2

9, 23

14

10 18

29

3, 11

1, 8

M/S

16

14

9

M

16

7

ICELAND HIKING ADVENTURE

24 10

M

16

ICELAND WINTER: SNOWSHOEING AND HIKING ADVENTURE

25 8

M

16

SWEDEN: DOGSLEDDING TO THE ICEHOTEL

26 9

M/S

15

SWITZERLAND: ICONIC HIKES OF THE SWISS ALPS

27

M/S

16

30 5 3, 17, 31

11

7 17

1

9

9 1, 8, 15, 22

30

21

22

14

15

2

14

18

22

21

PATAGONIA HIKING ADVENTURE

33 13

S

16

PERU: MACHU PICCHU INN TO INN TREK*

34 10

S

12

NEW ZEALAND: SOUTH ISLAND ADVENTURE

36 12

M

16

VIETNAM, LAOS, AND CAMBODIA ADVENTURE*

37 13 L/M

16

JAPAN HIKING AND CULTURAL ADVENTURE*

38 11

15

5, 12

10

NEPAL: EVEREST BASE CAMP TREK*

39 19 MAX

16

13

10

BORNEO WILDLIFE ADVENTURE

40 11

L/M

16

MONGOLIAN HORSE TREK*

41 14

M

16

14

1, 20

9

30

20 8,22

9, 25

23

5, 23

5, 25

9, 30

3, 17

1, 8

5, 12

27

7, 21

A S I A A N D T H E PAC I F I C

13 13

9

21

SOUTH AMERICA

4

16

9

15, 25

1, 15

8, 22

6, 27

30

8,22

16, 23

8

19

4, 18

1

M

13

12

20

9

17

5, 19

3, 21

7, 21

4, 18

4, 18

19

2, 16

7

4, 18

15

1, 15

15

10, 12

11

13

3

13

1, 15

11

1

AFRICA

ACTIVITY LEVEL KEY L = LIGHT

L/M = LIGHT/MODERATE

M = MODERATE

M/S = MODERATE/STRENUOUS

S = STRENUOUS

MAX = MAXIMUM

SOUTH AFRICA SAFARI ADVENTURE

42 12 L/M

14

3

17

TANZANIA: KILIMANJARO CLIMB AND SAFARI

43 15 MAX

16

23

21

17

15

Please see page 6 for full descriptions of the activity levels.

*Departure dates beyond April 2019 are listed on the itinerary pages for these trips. WEB = These trips are not featured in this catalog. Please visit our website for details.

46

I

CALL 1-888-689-2557 OR VISIT NATGEOEXPEDITIONS.COM/ACTIVE

I

I

CALL 1-888-689-2557 OR VISIT NATGEOEXPEDITIONS.COM/ACTIVE

I

47


APR.

MAY

JUNE

JULY

GROUP SIZE

MAR.

ALASKA SEA KAYAKING ADVENTURE 28 9

M

10

30

16

3

HIKING THE NATIONAL PARKS: GLACIER, YELLOWSTONE, AND GRAND TETON

29 8

M

16

23

7, 21

25

YUCATÁN ADVENTURE: WHALE SHARKS AND MAYA RUINS

30 8

L/M

16

4, 18

16

13

BELIZE: KAYAKING AND JUNGLE ADVENTURE

31 10 L/M

16

27

COSTA RICA MULTISPORT ADVENTURE

32 9

M

14

17

COSTA RICA WILDLIFE ADVENTURE

WEB

L/M

NICARAGUA: VOLCANOES, LAKES, AND TROPICAL FORESTS

WEB

10 L/M

2019 AUG.

SEPT.

OCT.

NOV.

DEC.

JAN.

FEB.

MAR.

APR.

EUROPE

D E P A R T U R E

ACTIVITY LEVEL

D A T E S

2018

# DAYS

D E P A R T U R E

PAGE

GROUP SIZE

ACTIVITY LEVEL

# DAYS

PAGE

ACTIVE EXPEDITIONS CALENDAR D A T E S

2018 MAR.

APR.

MAY

2019

JUNE

JULY

AUG.

SEPT.

OCT.

NOV.

DEC.

JAN.

FEB.

MAR.

24

25

22

22

17

17

16

2

APR.

NORTH AMERICA

HIKING ENGLAND COAST TO COAST* 10 13

S

16

27

17, 24

1, 15

5, 19

2

SCOTLAND HIKING ADVENTURE: FROM THE HIGHLANDS TO THE ISLANDS

M

16

26

2, 9, 16, 23

21, 28

4, 25

1, 8

IRELAND: HIKING THE EMERALD ISLE* 13 10 M/S

16

21

11

16

13

TUSCANY AND CINQUE TERRE HIKING ADVENTURE*

14

9

M

16

1, 15, 29

PROVENCE HIKING ADVENTURE*

15

9

M

16

27

PORTUGAL HIKING ADVENTURE*

16

8

M

16

SPAIN: WALKING EL CAMINO DE SANTIAGO*

17 10 M/S

16

TOUR DU MONT BLANC

18 10

14

2, 30

28

HIKING ITALY'S DOLOMITES*

19 10 M/S

16

18

9, 23

GREEK ISLANDS ADVENTURE*

20 9

M

16

CROATIA: HIKING AND KAYAKING ADVENTURE

21

M

SLOVENIA: HIKING THE JULIAN ALPS AND BEYOND

22 9

VIENNA TO PRAGUE HIKING ADVENTURE*

23

12

8

S

17 16

30

4

11

2

9, 23

14

10 18

29

3, 11

1, 8

M/S

16

14

9

M

16

7

ICELAND HIKING ADVENTURE

24 10

M

16

ICELAND WINTER: SNOWSHOEING AND HIKING ADVENTURE

25 8

M

16

SWEDEN: DOGSLEDDING TO THE ICEHOTEL

26 9

M/S

15

SWITZERLAND: ICONIC HIKES OF THE SWISS ALPS

27

M/S

16

30 5 3, 17, 31

11

7 17

1

9

9 1, 8, 15, 22

30

21

22

14

15

2

14

18

22

21

PATAGONIA HIKING ADVENTURE

33 13

S

16

PERU: MACHU PICCHU INN TO INN TREK*

34 10

S

12

NEW ZEALAND: SOUTH ISLAND ADVENTURE

36 12

M

16

VIETNAM, LAOS, AND CAMBODIA ADVENTURE*

37 13 L/M

16

JAPAN HIKING AND CULTURAL ADVENTURE*

38 11

15

5, 12

10

NEPAL: EVEREST BASE CAMP TREK*

39 19 MAX

16

13

10

BORNEO WILDLIFE ADVENTURE

40 11

L/M

16

MONGOLIAN HORSE TREK*

41 14

M

16

14

1, 20

9

30

20 8,22

9, 25

23

5, 23

5, 25

9, 30

3, 17

1, 8

5, 12

27

7, 21

A S I A A N D T H E PAC I F I C

13 13

9

21

SOUTH AMERICA

4

16

9

15, 25

1, 15

8, 22

6, 27

30

8,22

16, 23

8

19

4, 18

1

M

13

12

20

9

17

5, 19

3, 21

7, 21

4, 18

4, 18

19

2, 16

7

4, 18

15

1, 15

15

10, 12

11

13

3

13

1, 15

11

1

AFRICA

ACTIVITY LEVEL KEY L = LIGHT

L/M = LIGHT/MODERATE

M = MODERATE

M/S = MODERATE/STRENUOUS

S = STRENUOUS

MAX = MAXIMUM

SOUTH AFRICA SAFARI ADVENTURE

42 12 L/M

14

3

17

TANZANIA: KILIMANJARO CLIMB AND SAFARI

43 15 MAX

16

23

21

17

15

Please see page 6 for full descriptions of the activity levels.

*Departure dates beyond April 2019 are listed on the itinerary pages for these trips. WEB = These trips are not featured in this catalog. Please visit our website for details.

46

I

CALL 1-888-689-2557 OR VISIT NATGEOEXPEDITIONS.COM/ACTIVE

I

I

CALL 1-888-689-2557 OR VISIT NATGEOEXPEDITIONS.COM/ACTIVE

I

47


ACTIVE

EXPEDITIONS 1 1 4 5 1 7 T H S T R E E T N .W. , W A S H I N G T O N , D.C . 2 0 0 3 6

FIND YOUR ADVENTURE

TO RESERVE YOUR SPACE ON A NATIONAL GEOGRAPHIC ACTIVE EXPEDITION, CALL 1-888-689-2557 OR RESERVE ONLINE AT NATGEOEXPEDITIONS.COM/ACTIVE BORNEO WILDLIFEADVENTURE PAGE 40

NEPAL: EVEREST BASE CAMP TREK PAGE 39

8952–18F

ICEL AND WINTER: SNOWSHOEING AND HIKING ADVENTURE PAGE 25

PERU: MACHU PICCHU INN TO INN TREK PAGE 34

2018-2019 National Geographic Active Expeditions Catalog  

On our active expeditions, you'll trek through some of the world's most legendary mountain ranges; go kayaking amid icebergs; and veer far o...

2018-2019 National Geographic Active Expeditions Catalog  

On our active expeditions, you'll trek through some of the world's most legendary mountain ranges; go kayaking amid icebergs; and veer far o...